Install the actual changes missing in previous revision
[emacs.git] / src / w32fns.c
blobf574a86b1e1a429405e676587e4bc9b9eeed04b9
1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
22 #include <config.h>
24 #include <signal.h>
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <limits.h>
27 #include <errno.h>
28 #include <math.h>
29 #include <fcntl.h>
30 #include <unistd.h>
32 #include "lisp.h"
33 #include "w32term.h"
34 #include "frame.h"
35 #include "window.h"
36 #include "character.h"
37 #include "buffer.h"
38 #include "intervals.h"
39 #include "dispextern.h"
40 #include "keyboard.h"
41 #include "blockinput.h"
42 #include "epaths.h"
43 #include "charset.h"
44 #include "coding.h"
45 #include "ccl.h"
46 #include "fontset.h"
47 #include "systime.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "w32common.h"
52 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
53 #include "w32heap.h"
54 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
56 #if CYGWIN
57 #include "cygw32.h"
58 #else
59 #include "w32.h"
60 #endif
62 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
64 #include <commctrl.h>
65 #include <commdlg.h>
66 #include <shellapi.h>
67 #include <ctype.h>
68 #include <winspool.h>
69 #include <objbase.h>
71 #include <dlgs.h>
72 #include <imm.h>
74 #include "font.h"
75 #include "w32font.h"
77 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
78 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
79 #endif
81 void syms_of_w32fns (void);
82 void globals_of_w32fns (void);
84 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame *);
85 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object);
86 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND, HMENU, UINT, UINT);
87 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND);
88 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
89 extern char * w32_strerror (int error_no);
91 /* If non-NULL, a handle to a frame where to display the hourglass cursor. */
92 static HWND hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
94 #ifndef IDC_HAND
95 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
96 #endif
98 Lisp_Object Qsuppress_icon;
99 Lisp_Object Qundefined_color;
100 Lisp_Object Qcancel_timer;
101 Lisp_Object Qfont_param;
102 Lisp_Object Qhyper;
103 Lisp_Object Qsuper;
104 Lisp_Object Qmeta;
105 Lisp_Object Qalt;
106 Lisp_Object Qctrl;
107 Lisp_Object Qcontrol;
108 Lisp_Object Qshift;
109 static Lisp_Object Qgeometry, Qworkarea, Qmm_size, Qframes;
112 /* Prefix for system colors. */
113 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
114 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
116 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
117 #define LMOUSE 1
118 #define MMOUSE 2
119 #define RMOUSE 4
121 static int button_state = 0;
122 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg;
123 static unsigned mouse_button_timer = 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
124 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg;
125 static unsigned mouse_move_timer = 0;
127 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
128 static HWND track_mouse_window;
130 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
131 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
132 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
133 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
134 #endif
135 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
136 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
137 #endif
138 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
139 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
140 #endif
141 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
142 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
143 #endif
144 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
145 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
146 struct MONITOR_INFO
148 DWORD cbSize;
149 RECT rcMonitor;
150 RECT rcWork;
151 DWORD dwFlags;
154 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
155 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
156 #endif
157 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
159 DWORD cbSize;
160 RECT rcMonitor;
161 RECT rcWork;
162 DWORD dwFlags;
163 char szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
166 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
167 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
168 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
169 #endif
171 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
172 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack);
173 typedef LONG (WINAPI * ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
174 (IN HIMC context, IN DWORD index, OUT LPVOID buffer, IN DWORD bufLen);
175 typedef HIMC (WINAPI * ImmGetContext_Proc) (IN HWND window);
176 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmReleaseContext_Proc) (IN HWND wnd, IN HIMC context);
177 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc) (IN HIMC context,
178 IN COMPOSITIONFORM *form);
179 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromPoint_Proc) (IN POINT pt, IN DWORD flags);
180 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
181 (IN HMONITOR monitor, OUT struct MONITOR_INFO* info);
182 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
183 (IN HWND hwnd, IN DWORD dwFlags);
184 typedef BOOL CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc)
185 (IN HMONITOR monitor, IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcMonitor, IN LPARAM dwData);
186 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
187 (IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcClip, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum, IN LPARAM dwData);
189 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn = NULL;
190 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn = NULL;
191 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn = NULL;
192 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn = NULL;
193 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn = NULL;
194 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn = NULL;
195 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn = NULL;
196 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn = NULL;
197 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn = NULL;
199 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
200 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
201 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
202 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu;
203 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
205 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
206 static int ignore_ime_char = 0;
208 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
209 unsigned int msh_mousewheel = 0;
211 /* Timers */
212 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
213 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
214 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
215 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
216 is received. */
217 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
218 static unsigned menu_free_timer = 0;
220 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
221 static int image_cache_refcount, dpyinfo_refcount;
222 #endif
224 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd;
226 static int w32_unicode_gui;
228 /* From w32menu.c */
229 extern HMENU current_popup_menu;
230 static int menubar_in_use = 0;
232 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
233 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
234 extern int uniscribe_available;
236 /* Function prototypes for hourglass support. */
237 static void w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *);
238 static void w32_hide_hourglass (void);
240 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
241 /* From w32inevt.c */
242 extern int faked_key;
243 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
245 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
246 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache;
248 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
249 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache;
251 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask = 0;
253 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
254 int w32_major_version;
255 int w32_minor_version;
256 int w32_build_number;
258 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
259 int os_subtype;
261 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
262 HINSTANCE hinst = NULL;
263 #endif
265 static unsigned int sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
266 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
268 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
269 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
270 the first display on the list. */
272 struct w32_display_info *
273 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object frame)
275 if (NILP (frame))
277 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame);
279 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf))
280 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf);
281 else
282 return &one_w32_display_info;
284 else if (STRINGP (frame))
285 return x_display_info_for_name (frame);
286 else
288 struct frame *f;
290 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame);
291 f = XFRAME (frame);
292 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
293 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
294 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
298 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
299 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
301 struct frame *
302 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo, HWND wdesc)
304 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
305 struct frame *f;
307 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
309 f = XFRAME (frame);
310 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) != dpyinfo)
311 continue;
313 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == wdesc)
314 return f;
316 return 0;
320 static Lisp_Object unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object);
321 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object);
322 static void my_create_window (struct frame *);
323 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame *);
325 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
326 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
327 void x_set_background_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
328 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
329 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
330 void x_set_border_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
331 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
332 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
333 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
334 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
335 void x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
336 void x_set_title (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
337 void x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
342 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
343 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
344 not Emacs's own window. */
346 void
347 x_real_positions (struct frame *f, int *xptr, int *yptr)
349 POINT pt;
350 RECT rect;
352 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
353 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
355 pt.x = 0;
356 pt.y = 0;
358 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
359 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
361 /* Remember x_pixels_diff and y_pixels_diff. */
362 f->x_pixels_diff = pt.x - rect.left;
363 f->y_pixels_diff = pt.y - rect.top;
365 *xptr = rect.left;
366 *yptr = rect.top;
369 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
370 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
371 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
372 monitor to the window is chosen. */
374 void
375 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd, int fsmode, RECT normal, RECT *rect)
377 struct MONITOR_INFO mi = { sizeof(mi) };
378 if (monitor_from_window_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
380 HMONITOR monitor =
381 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
382 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &mi);
384 else
386 mi.rcMonitor.left = 0;
387 mi.rcMonitor.top = 0;
388 mi.rcMonitor.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN);
389 mi.rcMonitor.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN);
390 mi.rcWork.left = 0;
391 mi.rcWork.top = 0;
392 mi.rcWork.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED);
393 mi.rcWork.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED);
396 switch (fsmode)
398 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH:
399 rect->left = mi.rcMonitor.left;
400 rect->top = mi.rcMonitor.top;
401 rect->right = mi.rcMonitor.right;
402 rect->bottom = mi.rcMonitor.bottom;
403 break;
404 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED:
405 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
406 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
407 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
408 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
409 break;
410 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH:
411 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
412 rect->top = normal.top;
413 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
414 rect->bottom = normal.bottom;
415 break;
416 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT:
417 rect->left = normal.left;
418 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
419 rect->right = normal.right;
420 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
421 break;
422 case FULLSCREEN_NONE:
423 default:
424 *rect = normal;
425 break;
431 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color,
432 Sw32_define_rgb_color, 4, 4, 0,
433 doc: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
434 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
435 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
436 if the entry is new. */)
437 (Lisp_Object red, Lisp_Object green, Lisp_Object blue, Lisp_Object name)
439 Lisp_Object rgb;
440 Lisp_Object oldrgb = Qnil;
441 Lisp_Object entry;
443 CHECK_NUMBER (red);
444 CHECK_NUMBER (green);
445 CHECK_NUMBER (blue);
446 CHECK_STRING (name);
448 XSETINT (rgb, RGB (XUINT (red), XUINT (green), XUINT (blue)));
450 block_input ();
452 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
453 entry = Fassoc (name, Vw32_color_map);
454 if (NILP (entry))
456 entry = Fcons (name, rgb);
457 Vw32_color_map = Fcons (entry, Vw32_color_map);
459 else
461 oldrgb = Fcdr (entry);
462 Fsetcdr (entry, rgb);
465 unblock_input ();
467 return (oldrgb);
470 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
471 typedef struct colormap_t
473 char *name;
474 COLORREF colorref;
475 } colormap_t;
477 colormap_t w32_color_map[] =
479 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
480 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
481 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
482 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
483 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
484 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
485 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
486 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
487 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
488 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
489 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
490 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
491 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
492 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
493 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
494 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
495 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
496 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
497 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
498 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
499 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
500 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
501 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
502 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
503 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
504 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
505 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
506 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
507 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
508 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
509 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
510 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
511 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
512 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
513 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
514 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
515 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
516 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
517 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
518 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
519 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
520 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
521 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
522 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
523 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
524 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
525 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
526 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
527 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
528 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
529 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
530 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
531 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
532 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
533 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
534 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
535 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
536 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
537 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
538 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
539 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
540 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
541 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
542 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
543 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
544 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
545 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
546 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
547 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
548 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
549 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
550 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
551 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
552 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
553 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
554 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
555 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
556 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
557 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
558 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
559 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
560 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
561 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
562 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
563 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
564 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
565 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
566 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
567 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
568 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
569 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
570 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
571 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
572 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
573 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
574 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
575 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
576 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
577 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
578 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
579 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
580 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
581 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
582 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
583 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
584 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
585 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
586 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
587 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
588 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
589 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
590 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
591 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
592 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
593 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
594 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
595 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
596 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
597 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
598 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
599 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
600 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
601 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
602 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
603 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
604 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
605 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
606 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
607 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
608 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
609 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
610 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
611 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
612 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
613 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
614 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
615 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
616 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
617 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
618 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
619 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
620 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
621 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
622 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
623 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
624 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
625 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
626 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
627 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
628 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
629 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
630 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
631 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
632 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
633 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
634 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
635 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
636 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
637 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
638 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
639 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
640 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
641 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
642 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
643 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
644 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
645 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
646 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
647 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
648 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
649 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
650 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
651 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
652 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
653 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
654 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
655 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
656 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
657 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
658 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
659 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
660 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
661 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
662 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
663 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
664 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
665 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
666 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
667 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
668 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
669 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
670 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
671 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
672 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
673 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
674 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
675 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
676 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
677 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
678 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
679 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
680 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
681 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
682 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
683 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
684 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
685 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
686 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
687 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
688 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
689 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
690 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
691 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
692 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
693 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
694 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
695 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
696 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
697 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
698 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
699 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
700 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
701 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
702 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
703 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
704 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
705 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
706 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
707 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
708 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
709 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
710 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
711 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
712 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
713 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
714 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
715 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
716 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
717 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
718 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
721 static Lisp_Object
722 w32_default_color_map (void)
724 int i;
725 colormap_t *pc = w32_color_map;
726 Lisp_Object cmap;
728 block_input ();
730 cmap = Qnil;
732 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (w32_color_map) / sizeof (w32_color_map[0]);
733 pc++, i++)
734 cmap = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc->name),
735 make_number (pc->colorref)),
736 cmap);
738 unblock_input ();
740 return (cmap);
743 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map, Sw32_default_color_map,
744 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the default color map. */)
745 (void)
747 return w32_default_color_map ();
750 static Lisp_Object
751 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname)
753 Lisp_Object tail, ret = Qnil;
755 block_input ();
757 for (tail = Vw32_color_map; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
759 register Lisp_Object elt, tem;
761 elt = XCAR (tail);
762 if (!CONSP (elt)) continue;
764 tem = XCAR (elt);
766 if (lstrcmpi (SDATA (tem), colorname) == 0)
768 ret = Fcdr (elt);
769 break;
772 QUIT;
775 unblock_input ();
777 return ret;
781 static void
782 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object *system_colors)
784 HKEY colors_key;
786 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
787 block_input ();
789 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
790 settings. */
791 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
792 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS
793 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
794 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
796 /* List all keys. */
797 char color_buffer[64];
798 char full_name_buffer[MAX_PATH + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN];
799 int index = 0;
800 DWORD name_size, color_size;
801 char *name_buffer = full_name_buffer + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
803 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
804 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
806 strcpy (full_name_buffer, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX);
808 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key, index, name_buffer, &name_size,
809 NULL, NULL, color_buffer, &color_size)
810 == ERROR_SUCCESS)
812 int r, g, b;
813 if (sscanf (color_buffer, " %u %u %u", &r, &g, &b) == 3)
814 *system_colors = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer),
815 make_number (RGB (r, g, b))),
816 *system_colors);
818 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
819 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
820 index++;
822 RegCloseKey (colors_key);
825 unblock_input ();
829 static Lisp_Object
830 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname)
832 register Lisp_Object ret = Qnil;
834 block_input ();
836 if (colorname[0] == '#')
838 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
839 int size = strlen (colorname + 1);
840 char *color = alloca (size + 1);
842 strcpy (color, colorname + 1);
843 if (size == 3 || size == 6 || size == 9 || size == 12)
845 UINT colorval;
846 int i, pos;
847 pos = 0;
848 size /= 3;
849 colorval = 0;
851 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
853 char *end;
854 char t;
855 unsigned long value;
857 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
858 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
859 our numbers, and we don't. */
860 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
861 break;
862 t = color[size];
863 color[size] = '\0';
864 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
865 color[size] = t;
866 if (errno == ERANGE || end - color != size)
867 break;
868 switch (size)
870 case 1:
871 value = value * 0x10;
872 break;
873 case 2:
874 break;
875 case 3:
876 value /= 0x10;
877 break;
878 case 4:
879 value /= 0x100;
880 break;
882 colorval |= (value << pos);
883 pos += 0x8;
884 if (i == 2)
886 unblock_input ();
887 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
888 return ret;
890 color = end;
894 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
896 const char *color;
897 UINT colorval;
898 int i, pos;
899 pos = 0;
901 colorval = 0;
902 color = colorname + 4;
903 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
905 char *end;
906 unsigned long value;
908 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
909 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
910 our numbers, and we don't. */
911 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
912 break;
913 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
914 if (errno == ERANGE)
915 break;
916 switch (end - color)
918 case 1:
919 value = value * 0x10 + value;
920 break;
921 case 2:
922 break;
923 case 3:
924 value /= 0x10;
925 break;
926 case 4:
927 value /= 0x100;
928 break;
929 default:
930 value = ULONG_MAX;
932 if (value == ULONG_MAX)
933 break;
934 colorval |= (value << pos);
935 pos += 0x8;
936 if (i == 2)
938 if (*end != '\0')
939 break;
940 unblock_input ();
941 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
942 return ret;
944 if (*end != '/')
945 break;
946 color = end + 1;
949 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
951 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
952 const char *color;
953 UINT colorval;
954 int i, pos;
955 pos = 0;
957 colorval = 0;
958 color = colorname + 5;
959 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
961 char *end;
962 double value;
963 UINT val;
965 value = strtod (color, &end);
966 if (errno == ERANGE)
967 break;
968 if (value < 0.0 || value > 1.0)
969 break;
970 val = (UINT)(0x100 * value);
971 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
972 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
973 fixes the 1.0 case. */
974 if (val == 0x100)
975 val = 0xFF;
976 colorval |= (val << pos);
977 pos += 0x8;
978 if (i == 2)
980 if (*end != '\0')
981 break;
982 unblock_input ();
983 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
984 return ret;
986 if (*end != '/')
987 break;
988 color = end + 1;
991 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
992 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
993 RGB. */
995 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
996 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
997 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
998 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
999 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (colorname);
1000 if (NILP (ret))
1002 int len = strlen (colorname);
1004 if (isdigit (colorname[len - 1]))
1006 char *ptr, *approx = alloca (len + 1);
1008 strcpy (approx, colorname);
1009 ptr = &approx[len - 1];
1010 while (ptr > approx && isdigit (*ptr))
1011 *ptr-- = '\0';
1013 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (approx);
1017 unblock_input ();
1018 return ret;
1021 void
1022 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame *f)
1024 struct w32_palette_entry * list;
1025 LOGPALETTE * log_palette;
1026 HPALETTE new_palette;
1027 int i;
1029 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1030 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->has_palette)
1031 return;
1033 log_palette = (LOGPALETTE *)
1034 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE) +
1035 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors * sizeof (PALETTEENTRY));
1036 log_palette->palVersion = 0x300;
1037 log_palette->palNumEntries = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1039 list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1040 for (i = 0;
1041 i < FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1042 i++, list = list->next)
1043 log_palette->palPalEntry[i] = list->entry;
1045 new_palette = CreatePalette (log_palette);
1047 enter_crit ();
1049 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette)
1050 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette);
1051 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette = new_palette;
1053 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1054 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
1056 leave_crit ();
1059 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1060 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1061 do \
1063 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1064 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1065 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1066 pe.peFlags = 0; \
1067 } while (0)
1069 #if 0
1070 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1071 void
1072 w32_map_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1074 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1076 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1077 return;
1079 /* check if color is already mapped */
1080 while (list)
1082 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1084 ++list->refcount;
1085 return;
1087 list = list->next;
1090 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1091 list = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1092 SET_W32_COLOR (list->entry, color);
1093 list->refcount = 1;
1094 list->next = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1095 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list = list;
1096 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors++;
1098 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1099 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1102 void
1103 w32_unmap_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1105 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1106 struct w32_palette_entry **prev = &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1108 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1109 return;
1111 /* check if color is already mapped */
1112 while (list)
1114 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1116 if (--list->refcount == 0)
1118 *prev = list->next;
1119 xfree (list);
1120 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors--;
1121 break;
1123 else
1124 return;
1126 prev = &list->next;
1127 list = list->next;
1130 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1131 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1133 #endif
1136 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1138 void
1139 gamma_correct (struct frame *f, COLORREF *color)
1141 if (f->gamma)
1143 *color = PALETTERGB (
1144 pow (GetRValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1145 pow (GetGValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1146 pow (GetBValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1151 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1152 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1153 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1156 w32_defined_color (struct frame *f, const char *color, XColor *color_def, int alloc)
1158 register Lisp_Object tem;
1159 COLORREF w32_color_ref;
1161 tem = x_to_w32_color (color);
1163 if (!NILP (tem))
1165 if (f)
1167 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1168 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem);
1169 gamma_correct (f, &w32_color_ref);
1170 XSETINT (tem, w32_color_ref);
1173 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1174 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1176 struct w32_palette_entry * entry =
1177 one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1178 struct w32_palette_entry ** prev =
1179 &one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1181 /* check if color is already mapped */
1182 while (entry)
1184 if (W32_COLOR (entry->entry) == XUINT (tem))
1185 break;
1186 prev = &entry->next;
1187 entry = entry->next;
1190 if (entry == NULL && alloc)
1192 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1193 entry = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1194 SET_W32_COLOR (entry->entry, XUINT (tem));
1195 entry->next = NULL;
1196 *prev = entry;
1197 one_w32_display_info.num_colors++;
1199 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1200 one_w32_display_info.regen_palette = TRUE;
1203 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1204 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1205 or not the display device has a palette. */
1206 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem) | 0x2000000;
1208 color_def->pixel = w32_color_ref;
1209 color_def->red = GetRValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1210 color_def->green = GetGValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1211 color_def->blue = GetBValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1213 return 1;
1215 else
1217 return 0;
1221 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1222 suitable for screen F.
1223 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1224 ARG says. */
1227 x_decode_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, int def)
1229 XColor cdef;
1231 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1233 if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "black") == 0)
1234 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1235 else if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "white") == 0)
1236 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1238 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes * FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_cbits) == 1)
1239 return def;
1241 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1242 by looking for a near-miss. */
1243 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (arg), &cdef, 1))
1244 return cdef.pixel;
1246 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1247 return def;
1252 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1253 to set individual parameters.
1255 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1256 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1257 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1258 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1260 void
1261 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1263 struct w32_output *x = f->output_data.w32;
1264 PIX_TYPE fg, old_fg;
1266 fg = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1267 old_fg = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1268 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = fg;
1270 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1272 if (x->cursor_pixel == old_fg)
1274 x->cursor_pixel = fg;
1275 x->cursor_gc->background = fg;
1278 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qforeground_color, arg);
1279 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1280 redraw_frame (f);
1284 void
1285 x_set_background_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1287 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
1288 = x_decode_color (f, arg, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1290 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1292 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX,
1293 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1295 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qbackground_color, arg);
1297 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1298 redraw_frame (f);
1302 void
1303 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1305 Cursor cursor, nontext_cursor, mode_cursor, hand_cursor;
1306 int count;
1307 int mask_color;
1309 if (!EQ (Qnil, arg))
1310 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1311 = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1312 mask_color = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1314 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1315 if (mask_color == f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1316 && mask_color == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1317 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1319 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1320 block_input ();
1322 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1323 count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1325 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_pointer_shape))
1327 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape);
1328 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape));
1330 else
1331 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1332 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1334 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape))
1336 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape);
1337 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1338 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape));
1340 else
1341 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_left_ptr);
1342 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1344 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape))
1346 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape);
1347 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1348 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape));
1350 else
1351 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_watch);
1352 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1354 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1355 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_mode_pointer_shape))
1357 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape);
1358 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1359 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape));
1361 else
1362 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1363 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1365 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape))
1367 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape);
1368 hand_cursor
1369 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1370 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape));
1372 else
1373 hand_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_crosshair);
1375 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape))
1377 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape);
1378 horizontal_drag_cursor
1379 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1380 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape));
1382 else
1383 horizontal_drag_cursor
1384 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_h_double_arrow);
1386 if (!NILP (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape))
1388 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape);
1389 vertical_drag_cursor
1390 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1391 XINT (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape));
1393 else
1394 vertical_drag_cursor
1395 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_v_double_arrow);
1397 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1398 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1399 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), count);
1402 XColor fore_color, back_color;
1404 fore_color.pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1405 back_color.pixel = mask_color;
1406 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1407 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1408 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1409 &fore_color);
1410 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1411 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1412 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1413 &back_color);
1414 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), cursor,
1415 &fore_color, &back_color);
1416 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), nontext_cursor,
1417 &fore_color, &back_color);
1418 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), mode_cursor,
1419 &fore_color, &back_color);
1420 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hand_cursor,
1421 &fore_color, &back_color);
1422 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hourglass_cursor,
1423 &fore_color, &back_color);
1426 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1427 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor);
1429 if (cursor != f->output_data.w32->text_cursor && f->output_data.w32->text_cursor != 0)
1430 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->text_cursor);
1431 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = cursor;
1433 if (nontext_cursor != f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor
1434 && f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor != 0)
1435 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor);
1436 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = nontext_cursor;
1438 if (hourglass_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor
1439 && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor != 0)
1440 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
1441 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = hourglass_cursor;
1443 if (mode_cursor != f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor
1444 && f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor != 0)
1445 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor);
1446 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = mode_cursor;
1448 if (hand_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor
1449 && f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor != 0)
1450 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor);
1451 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = hand_cursor;
1453 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1454 unblock_input ();
1456 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qmouse_color, arg);
1457 #endif /* TODO */
1460 void
1461 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1463 unsigned long fore_pixel, pixel;
1465 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel))
1466 fore_pixel = x_decode_color (f, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
1467 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1468 else
1469 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1471 pixel = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1473 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1474 if (pixel == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1476 pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1477 if (pixel == fore_pixel)
1478 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1481 f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel = fore_pixel;
1482 f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel = pixel;
1484 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1486 block_input ();
1487 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1488 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->foreground = fore_pixel;
1489 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->background = pixel;
1491 unblock_input ();
1493 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1495 x_update_cursor (f, 0);
1496 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
1500 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qcursor_color, arg);
1503 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1504 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1505 F has a window. */
1507 void
1508 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame *f, int pix)
1511 f->output_data.w32->border_pixel = pix;
1513 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0 && f->border_width > 0)
1515 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1516 redraw_frame (f);
1520 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1521 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1522 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1523 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1524 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1526 void
1527 x_set_border_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1529 int pix;
1531 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1532 pix = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1533 x_set_border_pixel (f, pix);
1534 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qborder_color, arg);
1538 void
1539 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1541 set_frame_cursor_types (f, arg);
1544 void
1545 x_set_icon_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1547 int result;
1549 if (NILP (arg) && NILP (oldval))
1550 return;
1552 if (STRINGP (arg) && STRINGP (oldval)
1553 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1554 return;
1556 if (SYMBOLP (arg) && SYMBOLP (oldval) && EQ (arg, oldval))
1557 return;
1559 block_input ();
1561 result = x_bitmap_icon (f, arg);
1562 if (result)
1564 unblock_input ();
1565 error ("No icon window available");
1568 unblock_input ();
1571 void
1572 x_set_icon_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1574 if (STRINGP (arg))
1576 if (STRINGP (oldval) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1577 return;
1579 else if (!NILP (arg) || NILP (oldval))
1580 return;
1582 fset_icon_name (f, arg);
1584 #if 0
1585 if (f->output_data.w32->icon_bitmap != 0)
1586 return;
1588 block_input ();
1590 result = x_text_icon (f,
1591 SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
1592 ? f->icon_name
1593 : !NILP (f->title)
1594 ? f->title
1595 : f->name)));
1597 if (result)
1599 unblock_input ();
1600 error ("No icon window available");
1603 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1604 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1605 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1607 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1608 XtPopup (f->output_data.w32->widget, XtGrabNone);
1609 #endif
1610 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
1613 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1614 unblock_input ();
1615 #endif
1619 void
1620 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1622 int nlines;
1624 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1625 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1626 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1627 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1628 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1629 return;
1631 if (INTEGERP (value))
1632 nlines = XINT (value);
1633 else
1634 nlines = 0;
1636 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) = 0;
1637 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
1638 if (nlines)
1639 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 1;
1640 else
1642 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) == 1)
1643 free_frame_menubar (f);
1644 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 0;
1646 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1647 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1648 set correctly. */
1649 x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 1);
1650 do_pending_window_change (0);
1652 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1656 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1657 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL is
1658 the old number of tool bar lines (and is unused). This function may
1659 change the height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar
1660 height. By design, the frame's height doesn't change (but maybe it
1661 should if we don't get enough space otherwise). */
1663 void
1664 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1666 int delta, nlines, root_height;
1667 int unit = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1669 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1670 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1671 return;
1673 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1674 if (INTEGERP (value) && XINT (value) >= 0)
1675 nlines = XFASTINT (value);
1676 else
1677 nlines = 0;
1679 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1680 windows_or_buffers_changed = 23;
1682 /* DELTA is in pixels now. */
1683 delta = (nlines - FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)) * unit;
1685 /* Don't resize the tool-bar to more than we have room for. FIXME:
1686 This must use window_sizable eventually !!!!!!!!!!!! */
1687 if (delta > 0)
1689 root_height = WINDOW_PIXEL_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
1690 if (root_height - delta < unit)
1692 delta = root_height - unit;
1693 nlines = (root_height / unit) + min (1, (root_height % unit));
1697 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) = nlines;
1698 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = nlines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1699 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
1700 resize_frame_windows (f, FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 0, 1);
1701 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1703 /* We also have to make sure that the internal border at the top of
1704 the frame, below the menu bar or tool bar, is redrawn when the
1705 tool bar disappears. This is so because the internal border is
1706 below the tool bar if one is displayed, but is below the menu bar
1707 if there isn't a tool bar. The tool bar draws into the area
1708 below the menu bar. */
1709 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) == 0)
1711 clear_frame (f);
1712 clear_current_matrices (f);
1715 /* If the tool bar gets smaller, the internal border below it
1716 has to be cleared. It was formerly part of the display
1717 of the larger tool bar, and updating windows won't clear it. */
1718 if (delta < 0)
1720 int height = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
1721 int width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1722 int y = nlines * unit;
1724 block_input ();
1726 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1727 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
1728 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1730 unblock_input ();
1732 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
1733 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
1736 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f);
1741 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1742 w32_id_name.
1744 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1745 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1746 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1748 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1749 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1750 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1752 void
1753 x_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, int explicit)
1755 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1756 Emacs redisplay code. */
1757 if (explicit)
1759 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1760 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1761 if (f->explicit_name && NILP (name))
1762 update_mode_lines = 25;
1764 f->explicit_name = ! NILP (name);
1766 else if (f->explicit_name)
1767 return;
1769 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1770 if (NILP (name))
1772 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1773 before we do any consing. */
1774 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name,
1775 SDATA (f->name)))
1776 return;
1777 name = build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name);
1779 else
1780 CHECK_STRING (name);
1782 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1783 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name, f->name)))
1784 return;
1786 fset_name (f, name);
1788 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1789 the name parameter. */
1790 if (! NILP (f->title))
1791 name = f->title;
1793 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1795 block_input ();
1796 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1797 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1798 unblock_input ();
1802 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1803 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1804 redisplay code. */
1805 void
1806 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1808 x_set_name (f, arg, 1);
1811 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1812 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1813 lisp code. */
1814 void
1815 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1817 x_set_name (f, arg, 0);
1820 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1821 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1823 void
1824 x_set_title (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, Lisp_Object old_name)
1826 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1827 if (EQ (name, f->title))
1828 return;
1830 update_mode_lines = 26;
1832 fset_title (f, name);
1834 if (NILP (name))
1835 name = f->name;
1837 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1839 block_input ();
1840 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1841 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1842 unblock_input ();
1846 void
1847 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame *f)
1849 int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
1851 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
1852 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) +
1853 wid - 1) / wid;
1857 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1859 Cursor
1860 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name)
1862 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1863 Cursor cursor = LoadImage ((HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle (NULL),
1864 name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1865 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1866 if (!cursor)
1868 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1869 cursor = LoadImage (NULL, name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1870 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1872 return cursor;
1875 static LRESULT CALLBACK w32_wnd_proc (HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
1877 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1878 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1879 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1880 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1881 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1882 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1883 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1884 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1885 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1886 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1888 static BOOL
1889 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst)
1891 if (w32_unicode_gui)
1893 WNDCLASSW uwc;
1894 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc);
1895 uwc.lpszClassName = L"Emacs";
1897 return RegisterClassW (&uwc);
1899 else
1901 WNDCLASS wc;
1902 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc);
1903 wc.lpszClassName = EMACS_CLASS;
1905 return RegisterClassA (&wc);
1909 static HWND
1910 w32_createscrollbar (struct frame *f, struct scroll_bar * bar)
1912 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE,
1913 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1914 XINT (bar->left), XINT (bar->top),
1915 XINT (bar->width), XINT (bar->height),
1916 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), NULL, hinst, NULL);
1919 static void
1920 w32_createwindow (struct frame *f)
1922 HWND hwnd;
1923 RECT rect;
1924 Lisp_Object top = Qunbound;
1925 Lisp_Object left = Qunbound;
1926 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
1928 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
1929 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1930 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
1932 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
1933 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
1935 /* Do first time app init */
1937 w32_init_class (hinst);
1939 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition || f->size_hint_flags & PPosition)
1941 XSETINT (left, f->left_pos);
1942 XSETINT (top, f->top_pos);
1944 else if (EQ (left, Qunbound) && EQ (top, Qunbound))
1946 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, w32_get_arg will return zero
1947 for anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
1948 left = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qleft, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
1949 top = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qtop, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
1952 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) = hwnd
1953 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
1954 f->namebuf,
1955 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
1956 EQ (left, Qunbound) ? CW_USEDEFAULT : XINT (left),
1957 EQ (top, Qunbound) ? CW_USEDEFAULT : XINT (top),
1958 rect.right - rect.left,
1959 rect.bottom - rect.top,
1960 NULL,
1961 NULL,
1962 hinst,
1963 NULL);
1965 if (hwnd)
1967 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
1968 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
1969 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
1970 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (f));
1971 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1973 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
1974 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd, TRUE);
1976 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
1977 ShowWindow (hwnd, SW_HIDE);
1979 /* Update frame positions. */
1980 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &rect);
1981 f->left_pos = rect.left;
1982 f->top_pos = rect.top;
1986 static void
1987 my_post_msg (W32Msg * wmsg, HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
1989 wmsg->msg.hwnd = hwnd;
1990 wmsg->msg.message = msg;
1991 wmsg->msg.wParam = wParam;
1992 wmsg->msg.lParam = lParam;
1993 wmsg->msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
1995 post_msg (wmsg);
1998 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
1999 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
2000 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
2001 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
2002 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
2003 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
2004 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
2005 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
2006 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
2007 on Swedish keyboards). */
2009 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
2010 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
2011 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
2012 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
2014 static int modifiers[4];
2015 static int modifiers_recorded;
2016 static int modifier_key_support_tested;
2018 static void
2019 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam)
2021 unsigned int l, r;
2023 if (wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU)
2024 return;
2025 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2027 l = VK_LCONTROL;
2028 r = VK_RCONTROL;
2030 else
2032 l = VK_LMENU;
2033 r = VK_RMENU;
2035 if (!(GetKeyState (l) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r) & 0x8000))
2036 modifiers_recorded = 1;
2037 else
2038 modifiers_recorded = 0;
2039 modifier_key_support_tested = 1;
2042 static void
2043 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2045 int i;
2047 if (!modifier_key_support_tested)
2048 test_modifier_support (wparam);
2050 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2051 return;
2053 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2054 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2055 else
2056 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2058 modifiers[i] = 1;
2061 static void
2062 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2064 int i;
2066 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2067 return;
2069 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2070 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2071 else
2072 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2074 modifiers[i] = 0;
2077 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2078 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2079 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2080 static void
2081 reset_modifiers (void)
2083 SHORT ctrl, alt;
2085 if (GetFocus () == NULL)
2086 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2087 return;
2089 ctrl = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL);
2090 alt = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU);
2092 if (!(ctrl & 0x08000))
2093 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2094 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2096 if (!(alt & 0x08000))
2097 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2098 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2100 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2101 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2102 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2104 BYTE keystate[256];
2106 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2108 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2109 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT);
2110 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL);
2111 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL);
2112 keystate[VK_RCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL);
2113 keystate[VK_MENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU);
2114 keystate[VK_LMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU);
2115 keystate[VK_RMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU);
2116 keystate[VK_LWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN);
2117 keystate[VK_RWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN);
2118 keystate[VK_APPS] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS);
2119 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2123 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2124 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2125 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2126 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2127 static void
2128 sync_modifiers (void)
2130 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2131 return;
2133 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000))
2134 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2136 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU) & 0x8000))
2137 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2140 static int
2141 modifier_set (int vkey)
2143 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2144 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2145 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2146 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2147 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2148 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2149 if (vkey == VK_CAPITAL)
2151 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2152 return 0;
2153 else
2154 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2156 if (vkey == VK_SCROLL)
2158 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier)
2159 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2160 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2161 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qhyper)
2162 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qsuper)
2163 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qmeta)
2164 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qalt)
2165 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qcontrol)
2166 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qshift)))
2167 return 0;
2168 else
2169 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2172 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2173 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2175 switch (vkey)
2177 case VK_LCONTROL:
2178 return modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL];
2179 case VK_RCONTROL:
2180 return modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL];
2181 case VK_LMENU:
2182 return modifiers[EMACS_LMENU];
2183 case VK_RMENU:
2184 return modifiers[EMACS_RMENU];
2186 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2189 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2190 Emacs uses. */
2192 unsigned int
2193 w32_key_to_modifier (int key)
2195 Lisp_Object key_mapping;
2197 switch (key)
2199 case VK_LWIN:
2200 key_mapping = Vw32_lwindow_modifier;
2201 break;
2202 case VK_RWIN:
2203 key_mapping = Vw32_rwindow_modifier;
2204 break;
2205 case VK_APPS:
2206 key_mapping = Vw32_apps_modifier;
2207 break;
2208 case VK_SCROLL:
2209 key_mapping = Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier;
2210 break;
2211 default:
2212 key_mapping = Qnil;
2215 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2216 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2217 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2218 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2219 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2220 markbits here. */
2221 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qhyper))
2222 return hyper_modifier;
2223 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qsuper))
2224 return super_modifier;
2225 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qmeta))
2226 return meta_modifier;
2227 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qalt))
2228 return alt_modifier;
2229 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qctrl))
2230 return ctrl_modifier;
2231 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qcontrol)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2232 return ctrl_modifier;
2233 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qshift))
2234 return shift_modifier;
2236 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2237 return 0;
2240 static unsigned int
2241 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2243 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
2244 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
2245 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN) : 0) |
2246 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN) : 0) |
2247 (modifier_set (VK_APPS) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS) : 0) |
2248 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL) : 0) |
2249 (modifier_set (VK_MENU) ?
2250 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier) : 0));
2253 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2254 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2255 and window input. */
2257 static int
2258 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2260 int mods;
2262 mods = 0;
2263 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED : 0;
2264 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON : 0;
2265 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON : 0;
2266 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK)) ? NUMLOCK_ON : 0;
2267 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2268 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2269 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2270 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2271 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2272 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2273 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_APPS)) ? APPS_PRESSED : 0;
2275 return mods;
2278 static int
2279 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2281 int mods;
2283 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2284 mods = w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam);
2286 return mods;
2289 unsigned int
2290 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key, unsigned int extended)
2292 if (virt_key < VK_CLEAR || virt_key > VK_DELETE)
2293 return virt_key;
2295 if (virt_key == VK_RETURN)
2296 return (extended ? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER : VK_RETURN);
2298 if (virt_key >= VK_PRIOR && virt_key <= VK_DOWN)
2299 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR + (virt_key - VK_PRIOR)) : virt_key);
2301 if (virt_key == VK_INSERT || virt_key == VK_DELETE)
2302 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT + (virt_key - VK_INSERT)) : virt_key);
2304 if (virt_key == VK_CLEAR)
2305 return (!extended ? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR : virt_key);
2307 return virt_key;
2310 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2311 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2312 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2313 key code and modifier combination to capture. */
2314 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys;
2316 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2317 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2318 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2319 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2321 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2322 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2323 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2325 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2326 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2327 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2329 static void
2330 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2332 Lisp_Object keylist;
2334 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2335 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2337 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2339 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2340 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2341 continue;
2343 RegisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key),
2344 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key));
2348 static void
2349 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2351 Lisp_Object keylist;
2353 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2355 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2357 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2358 continue;
2360 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key));
2364 #if EMACSDEBUG
2365 const char*
2366 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg)
2368 unsigned i;
2369 static char buf[64];
2370 static const struct {
2371 UINT msg;
2372 const char* name;
2373 } msgnames[] = {
2374 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2375 M (WM_PAINT),
2376 M (WM_TIMER),
2377 M (WM_USER),
2378 M (WM_MOUSEMOVE),
2379 M (WM_LBUTTONUP),
2380 M (WM_KEYDOWN),
2381 M (WM_EMACS_KILL),
2382 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW),
2383 M (WM_EMACS_DONE),
2384 M (WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR),
2385 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW),
2386 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS),
2387 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW),
2388 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU),
2389 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS),
2390 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND),
2391 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE),
2392 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT),
2393 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2394 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2395 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY),
2396 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET),
2397 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET),
2398 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET),
2399 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET),
2400 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR),
2401 M (WM_EMACS_PAINT),
2402 M (WM_CHAR),
2403 #undef M
2404 { 0, 0 }
2407 for (i = 0; msgnames[i].name; ++i)
2408 if (msgnames[i].msg == msg)
2409 return msgnames[i].name;
2411 sprintf (buf, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg);
2412 return buf;
2414 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2416 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2417 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2418 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2420 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2421 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2422 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2423 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2424 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2426 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2427 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2428 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2429 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2431 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2432 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2433 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2434 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2435 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2436 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2437 input.
2439 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2440 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2444 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2446 static void
2447 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg * msg_buf)
2449 MSG msg;
2450 WPARAM result;
2451 HWND focus_window;
2453 msh_mousewheel = RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL);
2455 while ((w32_unicode_gui ? GetMessageW : GetMessageA) (&msg, NULL, 0, 0))
2458 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2459 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2461 if (msg.hwnd == NULL)
2463 switch (msg.message)
2465 case WM_NULL:
2466 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2467 break;
2468 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW:
2469 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2470 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2471 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2472 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2473 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2474 and older versions will never be patched. */
2475 CoInitialize (NULL);
2476 w32_createwindow ((struct frame *) msg.wParam);
2477 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2478 emacs_abort ();
2479 break;
2480 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE:
2481 SetThreadLocale (msg.wParam);
2482 /* Reply is not expected. */
2483 break;
2484 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT:
2485 result = (WPARAM) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL) msg.wParam, 0);
2486 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2487 result, 0))
2488 emacs_abort ();
2489 break;
2490 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2491 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2492 if (focus_window != NULL)
2493 RegisterHotKey (focus_window,
2494 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam),
2495 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg.wParam),
2496 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg.wParam));
2497 /* Reply is not expected. */
2498 break;
2499 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2500 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2501 if (focus_window != NULL)
2502 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam));
2503 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2504 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2505 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2506 GC. */
2507 XSETCAR (XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam), Qnil);
2508 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2509 emacs_abort ();
2510 break;
2511 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY:
2513 int vk_code = (int) msg.wParam;
2514 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
2515 Lisp_Object new_state = XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam);
2517 /* NB: This code must be thread-safe. It is safe to
2518 call NILP because symbols are not relocated by GC,
2519 and pointer here is not touched by GC (so the markbit
2520 can't be set). Numbers are safe because they are
2521 immediate values. */
2522 if (NILP (new_state)
2523 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
2524 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
2526 one_w32_display_info.faked_key = vk_code;
2528 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2529 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2530 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2531 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2532 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2533 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
2534 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2535 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2536 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2537 cur_state = !cur_state;
2539 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2540 cur_state, 0))
2541 emacs_abort ();
2543 break;
2544 #ifdef MSG_DEBUG
2545 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
2546 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
2547 default:
2548 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg.message));
2549 #endif
2552 else
2554 if (w32_unicode_gui)
2555 DispatchMessageW (&msg);
2556 else
2557 DispatchMessageA (&msg);
2560 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
2561 if (msg_buf->completed)
2562 break;
2566 deferred_msg * deferred_msg_head;
2568 static deferred_msg *
2569 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg)
2571 deferred_msg * item;
2573 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2574 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2575 /* enter_crit (); */
2577 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2578 if (item->w32msg.msg.hwnd == hwnd
2579 && item->w32msg.msg.message == msg)
2580 break;
2582 /* leave_crit (); */
2584 return item;
2587 static LRESULT
2588 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg * msg_buf,
2589 HWND hwnd,
2590 UINT msg,
2591 WPARAM wParam,
2592 LPARAM lParam)
2594 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
2595 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId)
2596 emacs_abort ();
2598 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
2599 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
2600 emacs_abort ();
2602 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
2603 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
2604 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
2605 input thread can call us). */
2607 /* enter_crit (); */
2609 msg_buf->completed = 0;
2610 msg_buf->next = deferred_msg_head;
2611 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf;
2612 my_post_msg (&msg_buf->w32msg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2614 /* leave_crit (); */
2616 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
2617 this one is completed. */
2618 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf);
2620 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf->next;
2622 return msg_buf->result;
2625 void
2626 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, LRESULT result)
2628 deferred_msg * msg_buf = find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg);
2630 if (msg_buf == NULL)
2631 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
2632 return;
2634 msg_buf->result = result;
2635 msg_buf->completed = 1;
2637 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2638 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2641 static void
2642 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
2644 deferred_msg * item;
2646 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2647 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2648 /* enter_crit (); */
2650 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2652 item->result = 0;
2653 item->completed = 1;
2656 /* leave_crit (); */
2658 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2659 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2662 DWORD WINAPI
2663 w32_msg_worker (void *arg)
2665 MSG msg;
2666 deferred_msg dummy_buf;
2668 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
2670 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
2672 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2673 emacs_abort ();
2675 memset (&dummy_buf, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf));
2676 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.hwnd = NULL;
2677 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.message = WM_NULL;
2679 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
2680 application quits. */
2681 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf);
2683 return 0;
2686 static void
2687 signal_user_input (void)
2689 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
2690 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input))
2692 Vquit_flag = Vthrow_on_input;
2693 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
2694 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
2695 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
2696 #if 0
2697 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
2698 do it now. */
2699 if (immediate_quit && NILP (Vinhibit_quit))
2701 immediate_quit = 0;
2702 QUIT;
2704 #endif
2709 static void
2710 post_character_message (HWND hwnd, UINT msg,
2711 WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
2712 DWORD modifiers)
2714 W32Msg wmsg;
2716 wmsg.dwModifiers = modifiers;
2718 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
2719 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
2720 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
2721 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
2722 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
2723 message that has no particular effect. */
2725 int c = wParam;
2726 if (isalpha (c) && wmsg.dwModifiers == ctrl_modifier)
2727 c = make_ctrl_char (c) & 0377;
2728 if (c == quit_char
2729 || (wmsg.dwModifiers == 0
2730 && w32_quit_key && wParam == w32_quit_key))
2732 Vquit_flag = Qt;
2734 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
2735 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
2736 msg = WM_NULL;
2738 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
2739 signal_quit ();
2741 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
2742 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
2743 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
2744 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
2745 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
2746 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
2747 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
2748 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
2749 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
2750 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
2751 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
2752 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
2753 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
2754 the lisp thread to respond.
2756 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
2757 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
2758 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
2759 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
2760 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
2762 else
2763 signal_user_input ();
2766 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2769 /* Main window procedure */
2771 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2772 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
2774 struct frame *f;
2775 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
2776 W32Msg wmsg;
2777 int windows_translate;
2778 int key;
2780 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
2781 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
2782 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
2783 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
2784 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
2786 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
2787 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
2788 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
2789 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
2790 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
2792 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
2793 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
2794 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
2796 switch (msg)
2798 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
2799 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2800 if (f)
2802 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
2803 GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect, FALSE);
2804 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &wmsg.rect);
2805 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
2807 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2808 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2810 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2811 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2812 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
2814 return 1;
2815 case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
2816 /* ignore our own changes */
2817 if ((HWND)wParam != hwnd)
2819 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2820 if (f)
2821 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
2822 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
2823 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
2825 return 0;
2826 case WM_PAINT:
2828 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct;
2829 RECT update_rect;
2830 memset (&update_rect, 0, sizeof (update_rect));
2832 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2833 if (f == 0)
2835 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd));
2836 return 0;
2839 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
2840 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
2841 circumstances. */
2842 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &update_rect, FALSE) || !w32_strict_painting)
2844 enter_crit ();
2845 BeginPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2847 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
2848 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
2849 are invalid. */
2850 UnionRect (&(wmsg.rect), &update_rect, &(paintStruct.rcPaint));
2852 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2853 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2855 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2856 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2857 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
2858 update_rect.left, update_rect.top,
2859 update_rect.right, update_rect.bottom));
2860 #endif
2861 EndPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2862 leave_crit ();
2864 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
2865 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
2866 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
2867 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
2868 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
2869 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_EMACS_PAINT, wParam, lParam);
2871 return 0;
2874 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
2875 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
2876 GetClientRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect);
2877 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2878 return 0;
2881 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
2882 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
2883 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2885 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
2886 preserve modifier key states. */
2888 int i;
2889 BYTE keystate[256];
2891 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2892 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
2893 if (1
2894 && i != VK_SHIFT
2895 && i != VK_LSHIFT
2896 && i != VK_RSHIFT
2897 && i != VK_CAPITAL
2898 && i != VK_NUMLOCK
2899 && i != VK_SCROLL
2900 && i != VK_CONTROL
2901 && i != VK_LCONTROL
2902 && i != VK_RCONTROL
2903 && i != VK_MENU
2904 && i != VK_LMENU
2905 && i != VK_RMENU
2906 && i != VK_LWIN
2907 && i != VK_RWIN)
2908 keystate[i] = 0;
2909 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2911 goto dflt;
2913 case WM_HOTKEY:
2914 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
2915 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_KEYDOWN, HIWORD (lParam), 0);
2916 return (0);
2918 case WM_KEYUP:
2919 case WM_SYSKEYUP:
2920 record_keyup (wParam, lParam);
2921 goto dflt;
2923 case WM_KEYDOWN:
2924 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
2925 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
2926 if (dpyinfo->faked_key == wParam)
2928 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
2929 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
2930 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
2931 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
2932 example. */
2933 if (wParam < 256 && lispy_function_keys[wParam])
2935 windows_translate = 1;
2936 goto translate;
2938 return 0;
2941 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
2942 sync_modifiers ();
2943 record_keydown (wParam, lParam);
2944 wParam = map_keypad_keys (wParam, (lParam & 0x1000000L) != 0);
2946 windows_translate = 0;
2948 switch (wParam)
2950 case VK_LWIN:
2951 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system))
2953 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
2954 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
2955 press of Space which we will ignore. */
2956 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2958 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2959 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2960 else
2961 key = VK_SPACE;
2962 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2963 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2966 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier))
2967 return 0;
2968 break;
2969 case VK_RWIN:
2970 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system))
2972 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2974 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2975 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2976 else
2977 key = VK_SPACE;
2978 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2979 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2982 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier))
2983 return 0;
2984 break;
2985 case VK_APPS:
2986 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier))
2987 return 0;
2988 break;
2989 case VK_MENU:
2990 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system))
2991 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
2992 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
2993 return 0;
2994 windows_translate = 1;
2995 break;
2996 case VK_CAPITAL:
2997 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2998 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2999 goto disable_lock_key;
3000 windows_translate = 1;
3001 break;
3002 case VK_NUMLOCK:
3003 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3004 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock))
3005 goto disable_lock_key;
3006 windows_translate = 1;
3007 break;
3008 case VK_SCROLL:
3009 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3010 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier))
3011 goto disable_lock_key;
3012 windows_translate = 1;
3013 break;
3014 disable_lock_key:
3015 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
3016 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
3017 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
3018 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3019 dpyinfo->faked_key = wParam;
3020 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3021 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3022 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3023 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
3024 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3025 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3026 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3027 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3028 input event. */
3029 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3030 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3031 windows_translate = 1;
3032 break;
3033 case VK_CONTROL:
3034 case VK_SHIFT:
3035 case VK_PROCESSKEY: /* Generated by IME. */
3036 windows_translate = 1;
3037 break;
3038 case VK_CANCEL:
3039 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3040 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3041 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3042 wParam = VK_PAUSE;
3043 break;
3044 case VK_PAUSE:
3045 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3046 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3047 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3048 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3049 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3050 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL))
3051 wParam = VK_NUMLOCK;
3052 break;
3053 default:
3054 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
3055 if (wParam > 255 || !lispy_function_keys[wParam])
3057 DWORD modifiers = construct_console_modifiers ();
3059 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
3060 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU))
3062 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
3063 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
3064 chords correctly. */
3065 windows_translate = 1;
3067 else if ((modifiers & (~SHIFT_PRESSED & ~CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
3069 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
3070 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
3071 modifier information as possible. */
3072 if ('A' <= wParam && wParam <= 'Z')
3074 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
3075 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
3076 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
3077 the normal layout translates alphabetic
3078 characters to non-ascii characters. */
3079 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT))
3080 wParam += ('a' - 'A');
3081 msg = WM_CHAR;
3083 else
3085 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
3086 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
3087 shift modifier). */
3088 int add;
3089 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key;
3091 key.bKeyDown = TRUE;
3092 key.wRepeatCount = 1;
3093 key.wVirtualKeyCode = wParam;
3094 key.wVirtualScanCode = (lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
3095 key.uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
3096 key.dwControlKeyState = modifiers;
3098 add = w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3099 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
3100 dead key. Ignore both. */
3101 while (--add >= 0)
3103 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
3104 post_character_message
3105 (hwnd, WM_CHAR,
3106 (unsigned char) key.uChar.AsciiChar, lParam,
3107 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3108 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3110 return 0;
3113 else
3115 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
3116 windows_translate = 1;
3121 translate:
3122 if (windows_translate)
3124 MSG windows_msg = { hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam, 0, {0,0} };
3125 windows_msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3126 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg);
3127 goto dflt;
3130 /* Fall through */
3132 case WM_SYSCHAR:
3133 case WM_CHAR:
3134 if (wParam > 255 )
3136 W32Msg wmsg;
3138 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3139 signal_user_input ();
3140 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, wParam, lParam);
3143 else
3144 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3145 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3146 break;
3148 case WM_UNICHAR:
3149 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
3150 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
3151 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
3152 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
3153 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
3155 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
3156 documentation though, so handle it here.
3158 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
3159 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
3160 if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR)
3161 return TRUE;
3164 W32Msg wmsg;
3165 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3166 signal_user_input ();
3167 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3169 break;
3171 case WM_IME_CHAR:
3172 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
3173 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
3174 get through. */
3175 if (!get_composition_string_fn)
3176 goto dflt;
3178 else if (!ignore_ime_char)
3180 wchar_t * buffer;
3181 int size, i;
3182 W32Msg wmsg;
3183 HIMC context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3184 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3185 /* Get buffer size. */
3186 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
3187 buffer = alloca (size);
3188 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR,
3189 buffer, size);
3190 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3192 signal_user_input ();
3193 for (i = 0; i < size / sizeof (wchar_t); i++)
3195 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, (WPARAM) buffer[i],
3196 lParam);
3198 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
3199 characters in the string that was output above. */
3200 ignore_ime_char = (size / sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
3202 else
3203 ignore_ime_char--;
3205 break;
3207 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION:
3208 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn)
3209 goto dflt;
3210 else
3212 COMPOSITIONFORM form;
3213 HIMC context;
3214 struct window *w;
3216 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
3217 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
3218 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
3219 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
3220 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
3221 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
3222 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
3223 careful not to move the IME window if the window
3224 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
3225 field being reset to nil. */
3226 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3227 if (!(f && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)))
3228 break;
3229 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f));
3230 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
3231 behind our back. */
3232 if (w != w32_system_caret_window)
3233 break;
3235 form.dwStyle = CFS_RECT;
3236 form.ptCurrentPos.x = w32_system_caret_x;
3237 form.ptCurrentPos.y = w32_system_caret_y;
3239 form.rcArea.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
3240 form.rcArea.top = (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w)
3241 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height);
3242 form.rcArea.right = (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w)
3243 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w)
3244 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w));
3245 form.rcArea.bottom = (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w)
3246 - WINDOW_BOTTOM_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w)
3247 - w32_system_caret_mode_height);
3249 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
3250 if (!BUFFERP (w->contents))
3251 break;
3253 context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3255 if (!context)
3256 break;
3258 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context, &form);
3259 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3261 break;
3263 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION:
3264 ignore_ime_char = 0;
3265 goto dflt;
3267 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
3268 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
3269 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
3270 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
3271 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3272 goto handle_plain_button;
3275 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3276 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3278 if (button_state & this)
3279 return 0;
3281 if (button_state == 0)
3282 SetCapture (hwnd);
3284 button_state |= this;
3286 if (button_state & other)
3288 if (mouse_button_timer)
3290 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3291 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3293 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
3294 msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
3295 button_state |= MMOUSE;
3297 else if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3299 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
3300 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
3301 user releases and press one of the two buttons
3302 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
3303 return 0;
3305 else
3307 /* Flush out saved message. */
3308 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3310 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3311 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3312 signal_user_input ();
3314 /* Clear message buffer. */
3315 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3317 else
3319 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3320 mouse_button_timer =
3321 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID,
3322 w32_mouse_button_tolerance, NULL);
3323 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3324 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.message = msg;
3325 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3326 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3327 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3328 saved_mouse_button_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3331 return 0;
3333 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
3334 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
3335 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3336 goto handle_plain_button;
3339 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3340 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3342 if ((button_state & this) == 0)
3343 return 0;
3345 button_state &= ~this;
3347 if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3349 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
3350 if ((button_state & other) == 0)
3352 msg = WM_MBUTTONUP;
3353 button_state &= ~MMOUSE;
3355 if (button_state) emacs_abort ();
3357 else
3358 return 0;
3360 else
3362 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
3363 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3365 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3368 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3369 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3370 signal_user_input ();
3372 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
3373 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3374 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3375 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3377 if (button_state == 0)
3378 ReleaseCapture ();
3380 return 0;
3382 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
3383 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
3384 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system)
3385 goto dflt;
3386 /* else fall through and process them. */
3387 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
3388 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
3389 handle_plain_button:
3391 BOOL up;
3392 int button;
3394 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
3395 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3396 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3397 return 0;
3399 if (parse_button (msg, HIWORD (wParam), &button, &up))
3401 if (up) ReleaseCapture ();
3402 else SetCapture (hwnd);
3403 button = (button == 0) ? LMOUSE :
3404 ((button == 1) ? MMOUSE : RMOUSE);
3405 if (up)
3406 button_state &= ~button;
3407 else
3408 button_state |= button;
3412 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3413 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3414 signal_user_input ();
3416 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
3417 to indicate that we processed the message. */
3418 return (msg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_XBUTTONUP);
3420 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
3421 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active. These
3422 movements are processed by the window manager anyway, and
3423 it's wrong to handle them as if they happened on the
3424 underlying frame. */
3425 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3426 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3427 return 0;
3429 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
3430 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
3431 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
3432 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
3433 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
3434 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
3435 if (track_mouse_event_fn && !track_mouse_window
3436 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
3437 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
3438 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
3439 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
3440 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
3441 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
3442 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
3443 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
3444 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
3445 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
3446 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
3447 && !menubar_in_use)
3449 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme;
3450 tme.cbSize = sizeof (tme);
3451 tme.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
3452 tme.hwndTrack = hwnd;
3454 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme);
3455 track_mouse_window = hwnd;
3457 case WM_VSCROLL:
3458 if (w32_mouse_move_interval <= 0
3459 || (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE && button_state == 0))
3461 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3462 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3463 return 0;
3466 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
3467 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
3468 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
3469 expires, we just replace the first message. */
3471 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd == 0)
3472 mouse_move_timer =
3473 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_MOVE_ID,
3474 w32_mouse_move_interval, NULL);
3476 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3477 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3478 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.message = msg;
3479 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3480 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3481 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3482 saved_mouse_move_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3484 return 0;
3486 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
3487 case WM_DROPFILES:
3488 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3489 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3490 signal_user_input ();
3491 return 0;
3493 case WM_APPCOMMAND:
3494 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system)
3495 goto dflt;
3496 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
3497 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
3498 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3499 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3500 signal_user_input ();
3501 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
3502 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
3503 scroll bar events. */
3504 return 1;
3506 case WM_TIMER:
3507 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
3508 if (wParam == mouse_button_timer)
3510 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3512 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3513 signal_user_input ();
3514 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3516 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3517 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3519 else if (wParam == mouse_move_timer)
3521 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd)
3523 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg);
3524 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3526 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_move_timer);
3527 mouse_move_timer = 0;
3529 else if (wParam == menu_free_timer)
3531 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3532 menu_free_timer = 0;
3533 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3534 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
3535 if (menubar_in_use
3536 && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3538 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
3539 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd);
3540 if (f)
3541 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 0;
3542 menubar_in_use = 0;
3545 return 0;
3547 case WM_NCACTIVATE:
3548 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
3549 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
3550 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
3551 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
3552 keyboard modifiers' state. */
3553 reset_modifiers ();
3554 goto dflt;
3556 case WM_INITMENU:
3557 button_state = 0;
3558 ReleaseCapture ();
3559 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
3560 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
3561 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
3562 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
3563 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
3565 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
3566 loop that can process all other messages.
3568 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
3569 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
3570 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
3571 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
3572 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
3573 being active). */
3575 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3576 if (f
3577 && (f->output_data.w32->menubar_active
3578 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
3579 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
3580 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
3581 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
3582 had requested it to be turned off! */
3583 || f->output_data.w32->menubar_widget == NULL))
3584 return 0;
3587 deferred_msg msg_buf;
3589 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
3590 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
3591 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
3592 emacs_abort ();
3594 menubar_in_use = 1;
3596 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3599 case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
3600 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3602 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
3603 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
3604 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
3605 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
3606 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
3608 if (f && menubar_in_use && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3609 menu_free_timer = SetTimer (hwnd, MENU_FREE_ID, MENU_FREE_DELAY, NULL);
3611 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
3612 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3613 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3615 goto dflt;
3617 case WM_MENUSELECT:
3618 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
3619 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
3620 keyboard buffer. */
3622 HMENU menu = (HMENU) lParam;
3623 UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (wParam);
3624 UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (wParam);
3626 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd, menu, menu_item, flags);
3628 return 0;
3630 case WM_MEASUREITEM:
3631 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3632 if (f)
3634 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT * pMis = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3636 if (pMis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3638 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
3639 char * title = (char *) pMis->itemData;
3640 HDC hdc = GetDC (hwnd);
3641 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3642 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3643 HFONT old_font;
3644 SIZE size;
3646 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3647 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3648 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3649 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3651 pMis->itemHeight = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE);
3652 if (title)
3654 if (unicode_append_menu)
3655 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, (WCHAR *) title,
3656 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title),
3657 &size);
3658 else
3659 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc, title, strlen (title), &size);
3661 pMis->itemWidth = size.cx;
3662 if (pMis->itemHeight < size.cy)
3663 pMis->itemHeight = size.cy;
3665 else
3666 pMis->itemWidth = 0;
3668 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3669 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3670 ReleaseDC (hwnd, hdc);
3671 return TRUE;
3674 return 0;
3676 case WM_DRAWITEM:
3677 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3678 if (f)
3680 DRAWITEMSTRUCT * pDis = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3682 if (pDis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3684 /* Draw popup menu title. */
3685 char * title = (char *) pDis->itemData;
3686 if (title)
3688 HDC hdc = pDis->hDC;
3689 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3690 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3691 HFONT old_font;
3693 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3694 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3695 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3696 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3698 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
3699 if (unicode_append_menu)
3700 ExtTextOutW (hdc,
3701 pDis->rcItem.left
3702 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3703 pDis->rcItem.top,
3704 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3705 (WCHAR *) title,
3706 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title), NULL);
3707 else
3708 ExtTextOut (hdc,
3709 pDis->rcItem.left
3710 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3711 pDis->rcItem.top,
3712 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3713 title, strlen (title), NULL);
3715 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3716 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3718 return TRUE;
3721 return 0;
3723 #if 0
3724 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
3725 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
3726 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
3727 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
3728 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
3729 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
3730 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
3731 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
3732 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT )
3733 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT;
3734 goto dflt;
3735 #endif
3737 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
3738 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
3739 track_mouse_window = NULL;
3741 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
3742 case WM_ACTIVATE:
3743 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
3744 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
3745 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
3746 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
3747 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3748 goto dflt;
3750 case WM_SETFOCUS:
3751 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
3752 reset_modifiers ();
3753 register_hot_keys (hwnd);
3754 goto command;
3755 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
3756 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd);
3757 button_state = 0;
3758 ReleaseCapture ();
3759 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
3760 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd)
3762 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3763 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3764 DestroyCaret ();
3766 goto command;
3767 case WM_COMMAND:
3768 menubar_in_use = 0;
3769 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3770 if (f && HIWORD (wParam) == 0)
3772 if (menu_free_timer)
3774 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3775 menu_free_timer = 0;
3778 case WM_MOVE:
3779 case WM_SIZE:
3780 command:
3781 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3782 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3783 goto dflt;
3785 case WM_DESTROY:
3786 CoUninitialize ();
3787 return 0;
3789 case WM_CLOSE:
3790 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3791 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3792 return 0;
3794 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
3795 /* Don't restrict the sizing of tip frames. */
3796 if (frame_resize_pixelwise || hwnd == tip_window)
3797 return 0;
3799 /* Don't restrict the sizing of fullscreened frames, allowing them to be
3800 flush with the sides of the screen. */
3801 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3802 if (f && FRAME_PREV_FSMODE (f) != FULLSCREEN_NONE)
3803 return 0;
3806 WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
3807 LPWINDOWPOS lppos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
3809 wp.length = sizeof (WINDOWPLACEMENT);
3810 GetWindowPlacement (hwnd, &wp);
3812 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMINIMIZED && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE) == 0)
3814 RECT rect;
3815 int wdiff;
3816 int hdiff;
3817 DWORD font_width;
3818 DWORD line_height;
3819 DWORD internal_border;
3820 DWORD scrollbar_extra;
3821 RECT wr;
3823 wp.length = sizeof (wp);
3824 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &wr);
3826 enter_crit ();
3828 font_width = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX);
3829 line_height = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX);
3830 internal_border = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX);
3831 scrollbar_extra = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX);
3833 leave_crit ();
3835 memset (&rect, 0, sizeof (rect));
3836 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, GetWindowLong (hwnd, GWL_STYLE),
3837 GetMenu (hwnd) != NULL);
3839 /* Force width and height of client area to be exact
3840 multiples of the character cell dimensions. */
3841 wdiff = (lppos->cx - (rect.right - rect.left)
3842 - 2 * internal_border - scrollbar_extra)
3843 % font_width;
3844 hdiff = (lppos->cy - (rect.bottom - rect.top)
3845 - 2 * internal_border)
3846 % line_height;
3848 if (wdiff || hdiff)
3850 /* For right/bottom sizing we can just fix the sizes.
3851 However for top/left sizing we will need to fix the X
3852 and Y positions as well. */
3854 int cx_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMINTRACK);
3855 int cy_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMINTRACK);
3857 lppos->cx = max (lppos->cx - wdiff, cx_mintrack);
3858 lppos->cy = max (lppos->cy - hdiff, cy_mintrack);
3860 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
3861 && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE) == 0)
3863 if (lppos->x != wr.left || lppos->y != wr.top)
3865 lppos->x += wdiff;
3866 lppos->y += hdiff;
3868 else
3870 lppos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE;
3874 return 0;
3879 goto dflt;
3881 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
3882 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
3883 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
3884 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.x = 32767;
3885 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.y = 32767;
3886 return 0;
3888 case WM_SETCURSOR:
3889 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT)
3891 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3892 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p
3893 && !menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
3894 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3895 else if (f)
3896 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
3897 return 0;
3899 goto dflt;
3901 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR:
3903 Cursor cursor = (Cursor) wParam;
3904 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3905 if (f && cursor)
3907 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = cursor;
3908 if (!f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3909 SetCursor (cursor);
3911 return 0;
3914 case WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR:
3915 return (LRESULT) w32_createscrollbar ((struct frame *) wParam,
3916 (struct scroll_bar *) lParam);
3918 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW:
3919 return ShowWindow ((HWND) wParam, (WPARAM) lParam);
3921 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP:
3922 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND:
3924 HWND foreground_window;
3925 DWORD foreground_thread, retval;
3927 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
3928 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
3929 pull the focus away from it. */
3930 foreground_window = GetForegroundWindow ();
3931 foreground_thread = GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window, NULL);
3932 if (!foreground_window
3933 || foreground_thread == GetCurrentThreadId ()
3934 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3935 foreground_thread, TRUE))
3936 foreground_thread = 0;
3938 retval = SetForegroundWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3939 if (msg == WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP)
3940 retval = BringWindowToTop ((HWND) wParam);
3942 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
3943 if (foreground_thread)
3944 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3945 foreground_thread, FALSE);
3947 return retval;
3950 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS:
3952 WINDOWPOS * pos = (WINDOWPOS *) wParam;
3953 return SetWindowPos (hwnd, pos->hwndInsertAfter,
3954 pos->x, pos->y, pos->cx, pos->cy, pos->flags);
3957 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW:
3958 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND) wParam, FALSE);
3959 return DestroyWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3961 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET:
3962 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3964 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET:
3965 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3967 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET:
3968 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3969 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3970 return DestroyCaret ();
3972 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET:
3973 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
3974 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd == NULL)
3976 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
3977 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
3978 w32_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3979 CreateCaret (hwnd, NULL, 0,
3980 w32_system_caret_height);
3983 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x, w32_system_caret_y))
3984 return 0;
3985 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
3986 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
3987 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd != hwnd)
3989 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3990 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3992 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
3993 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
3994 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd)
3996 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3997 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3999 else
4000 return 1;
4002 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU:
4004 UINT flags;
4005 POINT *pos;
4006 int retval;
4007 pos = (POINT *)lParam;
4008 flags = TPM_CENTERALIGN;
4009 if (button_state & LMOUSE)
4010 flags |= TPM_LEFTBUTTON;
4011 else if (button_state & RMOUSE)
4012 flags |= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
4014 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
4015 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
4016 ReleaseCapture ();
4017 button_state = 0;
4019 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4020 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4021 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
4022 if (f)
4023 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 1;
4025 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU)wParam, flags, pos->x, pos->y,
4026 0, hwnd, NULL))
4028 MSG amsg;
4029 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4030 while (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST,
4031 PM_REMOVE));
4032 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4033 if (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE))
4035 retval = LOWORD (amsg.wParam);
4037 else
4039 retval = 0;
4042 else
4044 retval = -1;
4047 return retval;
4049 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY:
4050 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4051 return 1;
4053 default:
4054 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
4055 if (msg == msh_mousewheel)
4057 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
4058 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4059 signal_user_input ();
4060 return 0;
4063 dflt:
4064 return (w32_unicode_gui ? DefWindowProcW : DefWindowProcA) (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4067 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
4068 return 0;
4071 static void
4072 my_create_window (struct frame * f)
4074 MSG msg;
4076 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW, (WPARAM)f, 0))
4077 emacs_abort ();
4078 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
4082 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
4083 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
4084 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
4085 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
4086 static void
4087 my_create_tip_window (struct frame *f)
4089 RECT rect;
4091 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
4092 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
4093 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
4095 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4096 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
4098 tip_window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)
4099 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
4100 f->namebuf,
4101 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4102 f->left_pos,
4103 f->top_pos,
4104 rect.right - rect.left,
4105 rect.bottom - rect.top,
4106 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
4107 NULL,
4108 hinst,
4109 NULL);
4111 if (tip_window)
4113 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
4114 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
4115 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
4116 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
4118 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
4119 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, 0);
4121 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
4122 ShowWindow (tip_window, SW_HIDE);
4127 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
4129 static void
4130 w32_window (struct frame *f, long window_prompting, int minibuffer_only)
4132 block_input ();
4134 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
4135 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
4136 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
4138 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
4139 f->namebuf = xstrdup (SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
4141 my_create_window (f);
4143 validate_x_resource_name ();
4145 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
4146 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
4147 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
4148 the server hasn't been told. */
4150 Lisp_Object name;
4151 int explicit = f->explicit_name;
4153 f->explicit_name = 0;
4154 name = f->name;
4155 fset_name (f, Qnil);
4156 x_set_name (f, name, explicit);
4159 unblock_input ();
4161 if (!minibuffer_only && FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f))
4162 initialize_frame_menubar (f);
4164 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
4165 error ("Unable to create window");
4168 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
4169 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
4170 well. */
4172 static void
4173 x_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4175 Lisp_Object icon_x, icon_y;
4176 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
4178 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
4179 icons in the tray. */
4180 icon_x = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_left, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4181 icon_y = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_top, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4182 if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) && !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4184 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x);
4185 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y);
4187 else if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) || !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4188 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
4190 block_input ();
4192 #if 0 /* TODO */
4193 /* Start up iconic or window? */
4194 x_wm_set_window_state
4195 (f, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL), Qicon)
4196 ? IconicState
4197 : NormalState));
4199 x_text_icon (f, SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
4200 ? f->icon_name
4201 : f->name)));
4202 #endif
4204 unblock_input ();
4208 static void
4209 x_make_gc (struct frame *f)
4211 XGCValues gc_values;
4213 block_input ();
4215 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
4216 Note that many default values are used. */
4218 /* Normal video */
4219 gc_values.font = FRAME_FONT (f);
4221 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
4222 gc_values.foreground = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
4223 gc_values.background = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
4224 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc
4225 = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4226 (GCFont | GCForeground | GCBackground),
4227 &gc_values);
4229 /* Reliefs. */
4230 f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc = 0;
4231 f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc = 0;
4233 unblock_input ();
4237 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
4238 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
4239 constructed. */
4241 static Lisp_Object
4242 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4244 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4246 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
4247 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame, Vframe_list)))
4249 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4250 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4251 #endif
4253 x_free_frame_resources (f);
4254 free_glyphs (f);
4256 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4257 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
4258 eassert (dpyinfo->reference_count == dpyinfo_refcount);
4259 eassert (dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache->refcount == image_cache_refcount);
4260 #endif
4261 return Qt;
4264 return Qnil;
4267 static void
4268 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4270 unwind_create_frame (frame);
4273 static void
4274 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4276 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4277 Lisp_Object font_param = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, NULL, NULL,
4278 RES_TYPE_STRING);
4279 Lisp_Object font;
4280 if (EQ (font_param, Qunbound))
4281 font_param = Qnil;
4282 font = !NILP (font_param) ? font_param
4283 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4285 if (!STRINGP (font))
4287 int i;
4288 static char *names[]
4289 = { "Courier New-10",
4290 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4291 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4292 "Fixedsys",
4293 NULL };
4295 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
4297 font = font_open_by_name (f, build_unibyte_string (names[i]));
4298 if (! NILP (font))
4299 break;
4301 if (NILP (font))
4302 error ("No suitable font was found");
4304 else if (!NILP (font_param))
4306 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
4307 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
4308 x_set_frame_parameters (f, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_param, font_param), Qnil));
4310 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont, font, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4313 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame, Sx_create_frame,
4314 1, 1, 0,
4315 doc: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
4316 Return an Emacs frame object.
4317 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
4318 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
4319 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
4320 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
4321 be shared by the new frame.
4323 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
4324 (Lisp_Object parameters)
4326 struct frame *f;
4327 Lisp_Object frame, tem;
4328 Lisp_Object name;
4329 int minibuffer_only = 0;
4330 long window_prompting = 0;
4331 int width, height;
4332 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4333 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4334 Lisp_Object display;
4335 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = NULL;
4336 Lisp_Object parent;
4337 struct kboard *kb;
4339 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
4340 storage now. */
4341 parameters = Fcopy_alist (parameters);
4343 /* Use this general default value to start with
4344 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
4345 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
4347 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qterminal, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4348 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4349 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qdisplay, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING);
4350 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4351 display = Qnil;
4352 dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4353 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
4355 if (!dpyinfo->terminal->name)
4356 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
4358 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4359 if (!STRINGP (name)
4360 && ! EQ (name, Qunbound)
4361 && ! NILP (name))
4362 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
4364 if (STRINGP (name))
4365 Vx_resource_name = name;
4367 /* See if parent window is specified. */
4368 parent = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qparent_id, NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4369 if (EQ (parent, Qunbound))
4370 parent = Qnil;
4371 if (! NILP (parent))
4372 CHECK_NUMBER (parent);
4374 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
4375 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
4376 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
4377 frame = Qnil;
4378 GCPRO4 (parameters, parent, name, frame);
4379 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qminibuffer, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
4380 RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4381 if (EQ (tem, Qnone) || NILP (tem))
4382 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil, kb, display);
4383 else if (EQ (tem, Qonly))
4385 f = make_minibuffer_frame ();
4386 minibuffer_only = 1;
4388 else if (WINDOWP (tem))
4389 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem, kb, display);
4390 else
4391 f = make_frame (1);
4393 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
4395 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width. */
4396 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
4398 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
4400 f->output_method = output_w32;
4401 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
4402 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
4404 fset_icon_name
4405 (f, x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qicon_name, "iconName", "Title",
4406 RES_TYPE_STRING));
4407 if (! STRINGP (f->icon_name))
4408 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
4410 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
4412 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
4413 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame, frame);
4414 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4415 image_cache_refcount =
4416 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
4417 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
4418 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
4420 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
4422 if (!NILP (parent))
4424 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = (Window) XFASTINT (parent);
4425 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 1;
4427 else
4429 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4430 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
4433 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
4434 be set. */
4435 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
4437 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
4438 f->explicit_name = 0;
4440 else
4442 fset_name (f, name);
4443 f->explicit_name = 1;
4444 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
4445 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
4448 if (uniscribe_available)
4449 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
4450 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
4452 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
4453 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4454 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
4455 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
4456 x_default_font_parameter (f, parameters);
4457 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
4458 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4460 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
4461 (which is what xterm calls it). */
4462 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parameters)))
4464 Lisp_Object value;
4466 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qinternal_border_width,
4467 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4468 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
4469 parameters = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
4470 parameters);
4472 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
4473 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (0),
4474 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4475 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
4476 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4477 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
4478 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4479 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qvertical_scroll_bars, Qright,
4480 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4482 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
4483 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
4484 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4485 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
4486 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4487 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
4488 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4489 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
4490 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4491 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscreen_gamma, Qnil,
4492 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT);
4493 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qline_spacing, Qnil,
4494 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4495 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qleft_fringe, Qnil,
4496 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4497 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_fringe, Qnil,
4498 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4500 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
4501 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
4502 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
4503 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
4504 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
4505 happen. */
4506 init_frame_faces (f);
4508 /* PXW: This is a duplicate from below. We have to do it here since
4509 otherwise x_set_tool_bar_lines will work with the character sizes
4510 installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is still
4511 calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently hit the
4512 eassert (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height. The
4513 non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it had one
4514 frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero root
4515 window height which was obviously wrong as well ... */
4516 width = FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f);
4517 height = FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f);
4518 FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
4519 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, 0);
4520 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 1);
4522 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
4523 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
4524 variables; ignore them here. */
4525 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmenu_bar_lines,
4526 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode)
4527 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4528 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4529 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtool_bar_lines,
4530 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode)
4531 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4532 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4534 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbuffer_predicate, Qnil,
4535 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4536 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtitle, Qnil,
4537 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4538 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfullscreen, Qnil,
4539 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4541 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;
4542 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4544 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM);
4545 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4546 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4547 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND);
4548 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT);
4549 f->output_data.w32->horizontal_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE);
4550 f->output_data.w32->vertical_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZENS);
4552 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
4554 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parameters, 1);
4556 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qunsplittable, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4557 f->no_split = minibuffer_only || EQ (tem, Qt);
4559 w32_window (f, window_prompting, minibuffer_only);
4560 x_icon (f, parameters);
4562 x_make_gc (f);
4564 /* Now consider the frame official. */
4565 f->terminal->reference_count++;
4566 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
4567 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
4569 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
4570 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
4571 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qicon_type, Qnil,
4572 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4574 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
4575 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4576 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
4577 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4578 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
4579 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4580 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscroll_bar_width, Qnil,
4581 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4582 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qalpha, Qnil,
4583 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4585 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via change_frame_size.
4586 Change will not be effected unless different from the current
4587 FRAME_LINES (f). */
4588 width = FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f);
4589 height = FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f);
4590 FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
4591 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, 0);
4592 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 1);
4594 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
4595 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
4596 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
4597 block_input ();
4598 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, window_prompting, 0);
4599 unblock_input ();
4601 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
4602 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
4603 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
4604 if (! f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent)
4606 Lisp_Object visibility;
4608 visibility = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4609 if (EQ (visibility, Qunbound))
4610 visibility = Qt;
4612 if (EQ (visibility, Qicon))
4613 x_iconify_frame (f);
4614 else if (! NILP (visibility))
4615 x_make_frame_visible (f);
4616 else
4617 /* Must have been Qnil. */
4621 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
4622 frame on this terminal. */
4623 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
4624 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame))
4625 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame)))))
4626 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb, frame);
4628 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
4629 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
4630 for (tem = parameters; CONSP (tem); tem = XCDR (tem))
4631 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem))))
4632 fset_param_alist (f, Fcons (XCAR (tem), f->param_alist));
4634 UNGCPRO;
4636 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
4637 and similar functions. */
4638 Vwindow_list = Qnil;
4640 return unbind_to (count, frame);
4643 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
4644 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
4645 know about that structure. */
4646 Lisp_Object
4647 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame *frame)
4649 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame);
4650 Lisp_Object xfocus;
4651 if (! dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
4652 return Qnil;
4654 XSETFRAME (xfocus, dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
4655 return xfocus;
4658 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p, Sxw_color_defined_p, 1, 2, 0,
4659 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
4660 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
4661 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4663 XColor foo;
4664 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4666 CHECK_STRING (color);
4668 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4669 return Qt;
4670 else
4671 return Qnil;
4674 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values, Sxw_color_values, 1, 2, 0,
4675 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
4676 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4678 XColor foo;
4679 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4681 CHECK_STRING (color);
4683 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4684 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetRValue (foo.pixel),
4685 (GetGValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetGValue (foo.pixel),
4686 (GetBValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetBValue (foo.pixel));
4687 else
4688 return Qnil;
4691 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p, Sxw_display_color_p, 0, 1, 0,
4692 doc: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
4693 (Lisp_Object display)
4695 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4697 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 2)
4698 return Qnil;
4700 return Qt;
4703 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p,
4704 Sx_display_grayscale_p, 0, 1, 0,
4705 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
4706 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
4707 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4708 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4709 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4710 (Lisp_Object display)
4712 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4714 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 1)
4715 return Qnil;
4717 return Qt;
4720 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width,
4721 Sx_display_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0,
4722 doc: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
4723 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4724 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4725 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4727 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
4728 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4729 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4730 (Lisp_Object display)
4732 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4734 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo));
4737 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height,
4738 Sx_display_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0,
4739 doc: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
4740 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4741 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4742 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4744 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
4745 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4746 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4747 (Lisp_Object display)
4749 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4751 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo));
4754 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes, Sx_display_planes,
4755 0, 1, 0,
4756 doc: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
4757 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4758 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4759 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4760 (Lisp_Object display)
4762 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4764 return make_number (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits);
4767 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells, Sx_display_color_cells,
4768 0, 1, 0,
4769 doc: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
4770 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4771 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4772 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4773 (Lisp_Object display)
4775 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4776 int cap;
4778 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
4779 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
4780 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
4781 * anyway. */
4783 cap = 1 << min (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits, 24);
4784 return make_number (cap);
4787 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size,
4788 Sx_server_max_request_size,
4789 0, 1, 0,
4790 doc: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
4791 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4792 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4793 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4794 (Lisp_Object display)
4796 return make_number (1);
4799 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor, Sx_server_vendor, 0, 1, 0,
4800 doc: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the W32 system (Microsoft).
4801 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4802 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4803 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4804 (Lisp_Object display)
4806 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
4809 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version, Sx_server_version, 0, 1, 0,
4810 doc: /* Return the version numbers of the server of DISPLAY.
4811 The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
4812 version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific
4813 release number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
4815 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4816 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4817 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4818 (Lisp_Object display)
4820 return list3i (w32_major_version, w32_minor_version, w32_build_number);
4823 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens, Sx_display_screens, 0, 1, 0,
4824 doc: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
4825 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4826 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4827 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4828 (Lisp_Object display)
4830 return make_number (1);
4833 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height,
4834 Sx_display_mm_height, 0, 1, 0,
4835 doc: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4836 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4837 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4838 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4840 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
4841 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
4842 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4843 (Lisp_Object display)
4845 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4846 HDC hdc;
4847 double mm_per_pixel;
4849 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4850 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
4851 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
4852 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4854 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4857 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width, Sx_display_mm_width, 0, 1, 0,
4858 doc: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4859 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4860 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4861 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4863 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
4864 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
4865 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4866 (Lisp_Object display)
4868 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4869 HDC hdc;
4870 double mm_per_pixel;
4872 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4873 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
4874 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
4875 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4877 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4880 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store,
4881 Sx_display_backing_store, 0, 1, 0,
4882 doc: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
4883 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
4884 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4885 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4886 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4887 (Lisp_Object display)
4889 return intern ("not-useful");
4892 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class,
4893 Sx_display_visual_class, 0, 1, 0,
4894 doc: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
4895 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
4896 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
4898 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4899 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4900 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4901 (Lisp_Object display)
4903 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4904 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
4906 if (dpyinfo->has_palette)
4907 result = intern ("pseudo-color");
4908 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 1)
4909 result = intern ("static-grey");
4910 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 4)
4911 result = intern ("static-color");
4912 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits > 8)
4913 result = intern ("true-color");
4915 return result;
4918 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under,
4919 Sx_display_save_under, 0, 1, 0,
4920 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
4921 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4922 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4923 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4924 (Lisp_Object display)
4926 return Qnil;
4929 static BOOL CALLBACK
4930 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor, HDC hdc, RECT *rcMonitor, LPARAM dwData)
4932 Lisp_Object *monitor_list = (Lisp_Object *) dwData;
4934 *monitor_list = Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor), *monitor_list);
4936 return TRUE;
4939 static Lisp_Object
4940 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
4942 Lisp_Object attributes_list = Qnil, primary_monitor_attributes = Qnil;
4943 Lisp_Object monitor_list = Qnil, monitor_frames, rest, frame;
4944 int i, n_monitors;
4945 HMONITOR *monitors;
4946 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
4948 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn && get_monitor_info_fn
4949 && monitor_from_window_fn))
4950 return Qnil;
4952 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL, NULL, w32_monitor_enum,
4953 (LPARAM) &monitor_list)
4954 || NILP (monitor_list))
4955 return Qnil;
4957 n_monitors = 0;
4958 for (rest = monitor_list; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
4959 n_monitors++;
4961 monitors = xmalloc (n_monitors * sizeof (*monitors));
4962 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4964 monitors[i] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list), 0);
4965 monitor_list = XCDR (monitor_list);
4968 monitor_frames = Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors), Qnil);
4969 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
4971 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4973 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
4975 HMONITOR monitor =
4976 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4977 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
4979 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4980 if (monitors[i] == monitor)
4981 break;
4983 if (i < n_monitors)
4984 ASET (monitor_frames, i, Fcons (frame, AREF (monitor_frames, i)));
4988 GCPRO3 (attributes_list, primary_monitor_attributes, monitor_frames);
4990 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4992 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, name, attributes = Qnil;
4993 HDC hdc;
4994 int width_mm, height_mm;
4995 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi;
4997 mi.cbSize = sizeof (mi);
4998 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors[i], (struct MONITOR_INFO *) &mi))
4999 continue;
5001 hdc = CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi.szDevice, NULL, NULL);
5002 if (hdc == NULL)
5003 continue;
5004 width_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE);
5005 height_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE);
5006 DeleteDC (hdc);
5008 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, AREF (monitor_frames, i)),
5009 attributes);
5011 name = DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi.szDevice));
5013 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, name), attributes);
5015 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5016 attributes);
5018 workarea = list4i (mi.rcWork.left, mi.rcWork.top,
5019 mi.rcWork.right - mi.rcWork.left,
5020 mi.rcWork.bottom - mi.rcWork.top);
5021 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5023 geometry = list4i (mi.rcMonitor.left, mi.rcMonitor.top,
5024 mi.rcMonitor.right - mi.rcMonitor.left,
5025 mi.rcMonitor.bottom - mi.rcMonitor.top);
5026 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5028 if (mi.dwFlags & MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY)
5029 primary_monitor_attributes = attributes;
5030 else
5031 attributes_list = Fcons (attributes, attributes_list);
5034 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes))
5035 attributes_list = Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes, attributes_list);
5037 UNGCPRO;
5039 xfree (monitors);
5041 return attributes_list;
5044 static Lisp_Object
5045 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo)
5047 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, frames, rest, frame, attributes = Qnil;
5048 HDC hdc;
5049 double mm_per_pixel;
5050 int pixel_width, pixel_height, width_mm, height_mm;
5051 RECT workarea_rect;
5053 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
5054 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
5055 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
5056 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("combined screen")),
5057 attributes);
5059 frames = Qnil;
5060 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
5062 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5064 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
5065 frames = Fcons (frame, frames);
5067 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, frames), attributes);
5069 pixel_width = x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo);
5070 pixel_height = x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo);
5072 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
5073 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
5074 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
5075 width_mm = pixel_width * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5076 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
5077 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
5078 height_mm = pixel_height * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5079 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
5080 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5081 attributes);
5083 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
5084 we don't care. */
5085 geometry = list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN),
5086 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN),
5087 pixel_width, pixel_height);
5088 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &workarea_rect, 0))
5089 workarea = list4i (workarea_rect.left, workarea_rect.top,
5090 workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left,
5091 workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top);
5092 else
5093 workarea = geometry;
5094 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5096 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5098 return list1 (attributes);
5101 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5102 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5103 0, 1, 0,
5104 doc: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
5106 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5107 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5108 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5110 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
5111 (Lisp_Object display)
5113 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5114 Lisp_Object attributes_list;
5116 block_input ();
5117 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
5118 if (NILP (attributes_list))
5119 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo);
5120 unblock_input ();
5122 return attributes_list;
5125 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep, Sset_message_beep, 1, 1, 0,
5126 doc: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
5127 SOUND is 'asterisk, 'exclamation, 'hand, 'question, 'ok, or 'silent
5128 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The 'silent sound
5129 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
5130 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
5131 (Lisp_Object sound)
5133 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound);
5135 if (NILP (sound))
5136 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5137 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("asterisk")))
5138 sound_type = MB_ICONASTERISK;
5139 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("exclamation")))
5140 sound_type = MB_ICONEXCLAMATION;
5141 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("hand")))
5142 sound_type = MB_ICONHAND;
5143 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("question")))
5144 sound_type = MB_ICONQUESTION;
5145 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("ok")))
5146 sound_type = MB_OK;
5147 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("silent")))
5148 sound_type = MB_EMACS_SILENT;
5149 else
5150 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5152 return sound;
5156 x_screen_planes (register struct frame *f)
5158 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes;
5161 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
5162 Open a new connection if necessary. */
5164 struct w32_display_info *
5165 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name)
5167 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5169 CHECK_STRING (name);
5171 for (dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
5172 if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo->name_list_element), name)))
5173 return dpyinfo;
5175 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5176 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5178 validate_x_resource_name ();
5180 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (name, (unsigned char *)0,
5181 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5183 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5184 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name));
5186 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5188 return dpyinfo;
5191 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection, Sx_open_connection,
5192 1, 3, 0, doc: /* Open a connection to a display server.
5193 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
5194 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
5195 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
5196 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
5197 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
5198 (Lisp_Object display, Lisp_Object xrm_string, Lisp_Object must_succeed)
5200 unsigned char *xrm_option;
5201 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5203 CHECK_STRING (display);
5205 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
5206 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
5207 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
5208 * want. */
5210 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display), "w32") != 0)
5211 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
5213 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
5214 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
5215 if (window_system_available (NULL))
5216 return Qnil;
5218 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5219 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string);
5221 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
5222 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
5224 Lisp_Object color_file;
5225 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5227 color_file = build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
5229 GCPRO1 (color_file);
5231 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file)))
5232 color_file =
5233 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
5234 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
5236 Vw32_color_map = Fx_load_color_file (color_file);
5238 UNGCPRO;
5240 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map))
5241 Vw32_color_map = w32_default_color_map ();
5243 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
5244 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map);
5246 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5247 xrm_option = SDATA (xrm_string);
5248 else
5249 xrm_option = (unsigned char *) 0;
5251 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5252 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
5254 char basename[ MAX_PATH ], *str;
5256 strcpy (basename, SDATA (Vinvocation_name));
5257 str = strrchr (basename, '.');
5258 if (str) *str = 0;
5259 Vinvocation_name = build_string (basename);
5261 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5263 validate_x_resource_name ();
5265 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
5266 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
5267 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (display, xrm_option,
5268 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5270 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5272 if (!NILP (must_succeed))
5273 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
5274 SDATA (display));
5275 else
5276 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display));
5279 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5280 return Qnil;
5283 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection,
5284 Sx_close_connection, 1, 1, 0,
5285 doc: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
5286 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
5287 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5288 (Lisp_Object display)
5290 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5292 if (dpyinfo->reference_count > 0)
5293 error ("Display still has frames on it");
5295 block_input ();
5296 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo);
5298 x_delete_display (dpyinfo);
5299 unblock_input ();
5301 return Qnil;
5304 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list, Sx_display_list, 0, 0, 0,
5305 doc: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
5306 (void)
5308 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
5309 struct w32_display_info *wdi;
5311 for (wdi = x_display_list; wdi; wdi = wdi->next)
5312 result = Fcons (XCAR (wdi->name_list_element), result);
5314 return result;
5317 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize, Sx_synchronize, 1, 2, 0,
5318 doc: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
5319 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
5320 defined but does nothing.
5322 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
5323 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
5324 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
5325 easier.
5326 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
5327 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5328 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5329 (Lisp_Object on, Lisp_Object display)
5331 return Qnil;
5336 /***********************************************************************
5337 Window properties
5338 ***********************************************************************/
5340 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
5342 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property,
5343 Sx_change_window_property, 2, 6, 0,
5344 doc: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
5345 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
5346 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
5347 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
5348 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
5349 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
5351 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5352 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
5353 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
5354 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
5355 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
5356 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
5357 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
5358 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
5359 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object frame,
5360 Lisp_Object type, Lisp_Object format, Lisp_Object outer_p)
5362 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5363 Atom prop_atom;
5365 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5366 CHECK_STRING (value);
5368 block_input ();
5369 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5370 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5371 prop_atom, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
5372 SDATA (value), SCHARS (value));
5374 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
5375 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5376 unblock_input ();
5378 return value;
5382 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property,
5383 Sx_delete_window_property, 1, 2, 0,
5384 doc: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
5385 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
5386 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame)
5388 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5389 Atom prop_atom;
5391 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5392 block_input ();
5393 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5394 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), prop_atom);
5396 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
5397 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5398 unblock_input ();
5400 return prop;
5404 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property, Sx_window_property,
5405 1, 6, 0,
5406 doc: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
5407 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
5409 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
5410 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
5411 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
5412 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
5413 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
5414 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
5415 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
5417 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
5419 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
5420 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
5421 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object type,
5422 Lisp_Object source, Lisp_Object delete_p, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p)
5424 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5425 Atom prop_atom;
5426 int rc;
5427 Lisp_Object prop_value = Qnil;
5428 char *tmp_data = NULL;
5429 Atom actual_type;
5430 int actual_format;
5431 unsigned long actual_size, bytes_remaining;
5433 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5434 block_input ();
5435 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5436 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5437 prop_atom, 0, 0, False, XA_STRING,
5438 &actual_type, &actual_format, &actual_size,
5439 &bytes_remaining, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5440 if (rc == Success)
5442 int size = bytes_remaining;
5444 XFree (tmp_data);
5445 tmp_data = NULL;
5447 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5448 prop_atom, 0, bytes_remaining,
5449 False, XA_STRING,
5450 &actual_type, &actual_format,
5451 &actual_size, &bytes_remaining,
5452 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5453 if (rc == Success)
5454 prop_value = make_string (tmp_data, size);
5456 XFree (tmp_data);
5459 unblock_input ();
5461 return prop_value;
5463 return Qnil;
5466 #endif /* TODO */
5469 /***********************************************************************
5470 Busy cursor
5471 ***********************************************************************/
5473 void
5474 w32_note_current_window (void)
5476 struct frame * f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5478 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5479 return;
5481 hourglass_hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5484 void
5485 show_hourglass (struct atimer *timer)
5487 struct frame *f;
5489 hourglass_atimer = NULL;
5491 block_input ();
5492 f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5493 hourglass_hwnd);
5495 if (f)
5496 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5497 else
5498 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5500 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5502 unblock_input ();
5503 return;
5506 w32_show_hourglass (f);
5507 unblock_input ();
5510 void
5511 hide_hourglass (void)
5513 block_input ();
5514 w32_hide_hourglass ();
5515 unblock_input ();
5519 /* Display an hourglass cursor. Set the hourglass_p flag in display info
5520 to indicate that an hourglass cursor is shown. */
5522 static void
5523 w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *f)
5525 if (!hourglass_shown_p)
5527 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 1;
5528 if (!menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
5529 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
5530 hourglass_shown_p = 1;
5535 /* Hide the hourglass cursor on all frames, if it is currently shown. */
5537 static void
5538 w32_hide_hourglass (void)
5540 if (hourglass_shown_p)
5542 struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5543 hourglass_hwnd);
5544 if (f)
5545 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5546 else
5547 /* If frame was deleted, restore to selected frame's cursor. */
5548 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5550 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
5551 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
5552 else
5553 /* No cursors on non GUI frames - restore to stock arrow cursor. */
5554 SetCursor (w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW));
5556 hourglass_shown_p = 0;
5562 /***********************************************************************
5563 Tool tips
5564 ***********************************************************************/
5566 static Lisp_Object x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *,
5567 Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
5568 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
5569 Lisp_Object, int, int, int *, int *);
5571 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
5573 Lisp_Object tip_frame;
5575 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
5576 fires. */
5578 Lisp_Object tip_timer;
5579 Window tip_window;
5581 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
5582 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
5584 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args;
5587 static void
5588 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
5590 Lisp_Object deleted;
5592 deleted = unwind_create_frame (frame);
5593 if (EQ (deleted, Qt))
5595 tip_window = NULL;
5596 tip_frame = Qnil;
5601 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
5602 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to
5603 display in the tip frame. Value is the frame.
5605 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
5606 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
5607 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
5608 when this happens. */
5610 static Lisp_Object
5611 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo,
5612 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object text)
5614 struct frame *f;
5615 Lisp_Object frame;
5616 Lisp_Object name;
5617 long window_prompting = 0;
5618 int width, height;
5619 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5620 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
5621 struct kboard *kb;
5622 int face_change_count_before = face_change_count;
5623 Lisp_Object buffer;
5624 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5626 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
5627 this frame has a specified name. */
5628 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5630 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
5632 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
5633 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
5634 parms = Fcopy_alist (parms);
5636 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
5637 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5638 if (!STRINGP (name)
5639 && !EQ (name, Qunbound)
5640 && !NILP (name))
5641 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5642 Vx_resource_name = name;
5644 frame = Qnil;
5645 GCPRO3 (parms, name, frame);
5646 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
5647 f = make_frame (0);
5648 f->wants_modeline = 0;
5649 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
5651 buffer = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (" *tip*"));
5652 /* Use set_window_buffer instead of Fset_window_buffer (see
5653 discussion of bug#11984, bug#12025, bug#12026). */
5654 set_window_buffer (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), buffer, 0, 0);
5655 old_buffer = current_buffer;
5656 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5657 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
5658 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5659 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
5660 Ferase_buffer ();
5661 Finsert (1, &text);
5662 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
5664 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame, frame);
5666 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
5667 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
5668 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
5669 counts etc. */
5670 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
5671 f->output_method = output_w32;
5672 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
5674 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
5675 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
5677 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
5678 image_cache_refcount =
5679 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
5680 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
5681 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5682 FRAME_KBOARD (f) = kb;
5683 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5684 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
5686 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5687 be set. */
5688 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
5690 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
5691 f->explicit_name = 0;
5693 else
5695 fset_name (f, name);
5696 f->explicit_name = 1;
5697 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5698 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
5701 if (uniscribe_available)
5702 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
5703 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
5705 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
5706 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5708 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5709 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5710 x_default_font_parameter (f, parms);
5712 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
5713 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5714 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
5715 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
5716 it). */
5717 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
5719 Lisp_Object value;
5721 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qinternal_border_width,
5722 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5723 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
5724 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
5725 parms);
5727 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (1),
5728 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
5729 RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5730 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
5731 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5732 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
5733 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5735 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5736 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
5737 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5738 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
5739 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5740 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
5741 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5742 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_color, build_string ("black"),
5743 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5744 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
5745 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5747 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
5748 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
5749 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
5750 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
5751 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
5752 happen. */
5753 init_frame_faces (f);
5755 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_BORDER | WS_POPUP | WS_DISABLED;
5756 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5758 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parms, 0);
5760 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
5761 f->fringe_cols = 0;
5762 f->left_fringe_width = 0;
5763 f->right_fringe_width = 0;
5765 block_input ();
5766 my_create_tip_window (f);
5767 unblock_input ();
5769 x_make_gc (f);
5771 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
5772 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5773 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
5774 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5775 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
5776 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
5778 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via
5779 change_frame_size. Change will not be effected unless different
5780 from the current FRAME_LINES (f). */
5781 width = FRAME_COLS (f);
5782 height = FRAME_LINES (f);
5783 FRAME_LINES (f) = 0;
5784 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, 0);
5785 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 0);
5787 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
5788 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame, Qtooltip)))
5789 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip, Qt), Qnil));
5791 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
5792 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
5794 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
5795 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
5796 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
5797 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
5798 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
5800 Lisp_Object bg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color);
5801 Lisp_Object fg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color);
5802 Lisp_Object colors = Qnil;
5804 /* Set tip_frame here, so that */
5805 tip_frame = frame;
5806 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default, frame, Qnil);
5808 if (!EQ (bg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color)))
5809 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, bg), colors);
5810 if (!EQ (fg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color)))
5811 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color, fg), colors);
5813 if (!NILP (colors))
5814 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, colors);
5817 f->no_split = 1;
5819 UNGCPRO;
5821 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
5822 its display. */
5823 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
5824 f->terminal->reference_count++;
5826 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
5827 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
5828 visible won't work. */
5829 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
5831 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
5832 and similar will increment face_change_count, which leads to the
5833 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
5834 here, avoid it by resetting face_change_count to the value it
5835 had before we created the tip frame. */
5836 face_change_count = face_change_count_before;
5838 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
5839 return unbind_to (count, frame);
5843 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
5844 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
5845 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
5846 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
5847 the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */
5849 static void
5850 compute_tip_xy (struct frame *f,
5851 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy,
5852 int width, int height, int *root_x, int *root_y)
5854 Lisp_Object left, top;
5855 int min_x, min_y, max_x, max_y;
5857 /* User-specified position? */
5858 left = Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft, parms));
5859 top = Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop, parms));
5861 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
5862 show it. */
5863 if (!INTEGERP (left) || !INTEGERP (top))
5865 POINT pt;
5867 /* Default min and max values. */
5868 min_x = 0;
5869 min_y = 0;
5870 max_x = x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5871 max_y = x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5873 block_input ();
5874 GetCursorPos (&pt);
5875 *root_x = pt.x;
5876 *root_y = pt.y;
5877 unblock_input ();
5879 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
5880 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
5881 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
5882 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
5883 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
5884 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
5885 if (monitor_from_point_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
5887 struct MONITOR_INFO info;
5888 HMONITOR monitor
5889 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
5890 info.cbSize = sizeof (info);
5892 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &info))
5894 min_x = info.rcWork.left;
5895 min_y = info.rcWork.top;
5896 max_x = info.rcWork.right;
5897 max_y = info.rcWork.bottom;
5902 if (INTEGERP (top))
5903 *root_y = XINT (top);
5904 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) <= min_y)
5905 *root_y = min_y; /* Can happen for negative dy */
5906 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) + height <= max_y)
5907 /* It fits below the pointer */
5908 *root_y += XINT (dy);
5909 else if (height + XINT (dy) + min_y <= *root_y)
5910 /* It fits above the pointer. */
5911 *root_y -= height + XINT (dy);
5912 else
5913 /* Put it on the top. */
5914 *root_y = min_y;
5916 if (INTEGERP (left))
5917 *root_x = XINT (left);
5918 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) <= min_x)
5919 *root_x = 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
5920 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) + width <= max_x)
5921 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
5922 *root_x += XINT (dx);
5923 else if (width + XINT (dx) + min_x <= *root_x)
5924 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
5925 *root_x -= width + XINT (dx);
5926 else
5927 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
5928 *root_x = min_x;
5932 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip, Sx_show_tip, 1, 6, 0,
5933 doc: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
5934 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
5936 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
5938 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5940 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
5941 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
5943 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
5944 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
5946 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
5947 the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is
5948 displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
5949 DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
5950 parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
5951 window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
5952 DY added (default is -10).
5954 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
5955 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
5956 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object timeout, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy)
5958 struct frame *f;
5959 struct window *w;
5960 int root_x, root_y;
5961 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5962 struct text_pos pos;
5963 int i, width, height, seen_reversed_p;
5964 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5965 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5966 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5968 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
5970 GCPRO4 (string, parms, frame, timeout);
5972 CHECK_STRING (string);
5973 f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5974 if (NILP (timeout))
5975 timeout = make_number (5);
5976 else
5977 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout);
5979 if (NILP (dx))
5980 dx = make_number (5);
5981 else
5982 CHECK_NUMBER (dx);
5984 if (NILP (dy))
5985 dy = make_number (-10);
5986 else
5987 CHECK_NUMBER (dy);
5989 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args))
5990 last_show_tip_args = Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil);
5992 if (!NILP (tip_frame))
5994 Lisp_Object last_string = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 0);
5995 Lisp_Object last_frame = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 1);
5996 Lisp_Object last_parms = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 2);
5998 if (EQ (frame, last_frame)
5999 && !NILP (Fequal (last_string, string))
6000 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms, parms)))
6002 struct frame *f = XFRAME (tip_frame);
6004 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
6005 if (!NILP (tip_timer))
6007 Lisp_Object timer = tip_timer;
6008 tip_timer = Qnil;
6009 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6012 block_input ();
6013 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f),
6014 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), &root_x, &root_y);
6016 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
6017 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6018 root_x, root_y, 0, 0,
6019 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6021 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6022 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6023 0, 0, 0, 0,
6024 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6026 unblock_input ();
6027 goto start_timer;
6031 /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */
6032 Fx_hide_tip ();
6034 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 0, string);
6035 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 1, frame);
6036 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 2, parms);
6038 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
6039 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname, parms)))
6040 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("tooltip")), parms);
6041 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
6042 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, make_number (3)), parms);
6043 if (NILP (Fassq (Qright_divider_width, parms)))
6044 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qright_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6045 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbottom_divider_width, parms)))
6046 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6047 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width, parms)))
6048 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width, make_number (1)), parms);
6049 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color, parms)))
6050 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms);
6051 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color, parms)))
6052 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, build_string ("lightyellow")),
6053 parms);
6055 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
6056 when drawing tips in menus. */
6057 block_input ();
6059 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
6060 variable tip_frame. */
6061 frame = x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), parms, string);
6062 f = XFRAME (frame);
6064 /* Set up the frame's root window. */
6065 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6066 w->left_col = 0;
6067 w->top_line = 0;
6068 w->pixel_left = 0;
6069 w->pixel_top = 0;
6071 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size)
6072 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6073 && XINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0
6074 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6075 && XINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0)
6077 w->total_cols = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6078 w->total_lines = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6080 else
6082 w->total_cols = 80;
6083 w->total_lines = 40;
6086 w->pixel_width = w->total_cols * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
6087 w->pixel_height = w->total_lines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
6089 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w);
6090 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6091 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6093 /* Display the tooltip text in a temporary buffer. */
6094 old_buffer = current_buffer;
6095 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->contents));
6096 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
6097 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6098 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6099 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6100 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6102 /* Compute width and height of the tooltip. */
6103 width = height = seen_reversed_p = 0;
6104 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6106 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6107 struct glyph *last;
6108 int row_width;
6110 /* Stop at the first empty row at the end. */
6111 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6112 break;
6114 /* Let the row go over the full width of the frame. */
6115 row->full_width_p = 1;
6117 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6118 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
6120 if (!row->reversed_p)
6122 /* There's a glyph at the end of rows that is used to
6123 place the cursor there. Don't include the width of
6124 this glyph. */
6125 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6126 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6127 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6129 else
6131 /* There could be a stretch glyph at the beginning of R2L
6132 rows that is produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line.
6133 Don't count that glyph. */
6134 struct glyph *g = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6136 if (g->type == STRETCH_GLYPH && INTEGERP (g->object))
6138 row_width -= g->pixel_width;
6139 seen_reversed_p = 1;
6144 height += row->height;
6145 width = max (width, row_width);
6148 /* If we've seen partial-length R2L rows, we need to re-adjust the
6149 tool-tip frame width and redisplay it again, to avoid over-wide
6150 tips due to the stretch glyph that extends R2L lines to full
6151 width of the frame. */
6152 if (seen_reversed_p)
6154 /* PXW: Why do we do the pixel-to-cols conversion only if
6155 seen_reversed_p holds? Don't we have to set other fields of
6156 the window/frame structure?
6158 w->total_cols and FRAME_TOTAL_COLS want the width in columns,
6159 not in pixels. */
6160 w->pixel_width = width;
6161 width /= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w);
6162 w->total_cols = width;
6163 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = width;
6164 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, width);
6165 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6166 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6167 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6168 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6169 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6170 width = height = 0;
6171 /* Recompute width and height of the tooltip. */
6172 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6174 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6175 struct glyph *last;
6176 int row_width;
6178 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6179 break;
6180 row->full_width_p = 1;
6181 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6182 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] && !row->reversed_p)
6184 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6185 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6186 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6189 height += row->height;
6190 width = max (width, row_width);
6194 /* Add the frame's internal border to the width and height the w32
6195 window should have. */
6196 height += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6197 width += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6199 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6200 show it.
6202 PXW: This should use the frame's pixel coordinates. */
6203 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, width, height, &root_x, &root_y);
6206 /* Adjust Window size to take border into account. */
6207 RECT rect;
6208 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
6209 rect.right = width;
6210 rect.bottom = height;
6211 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
6212 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
6214 /* Position and size tooltip, and put it in the topmost group.
6215 The add-on of FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH to the 5th argument is a
6216 peculiarity of w32 display: without it, some fonts cause the
6217 last character of the tip to be truncated or wrapped around to
6218 the next line. */
6219 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6220 root_x, root_y,
6221 rect.right - rect.left + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
6222 rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6224 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6225 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6226 0, 0, 0, 0,
6227 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6229 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6230 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 1);
6232 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE);
6235 /* Draw into the window. */
6236 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6237 update_single_window (w, 1);
6239 unblock_input ();
6241 /* Restore original current buffer. */
6242 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
6243 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
6245 start_timer:
6246 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
6247 tip_timer = call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout, Qnil,
6248 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
6250 UNGCPRO;
6251 return unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6255 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip, Sx_hide_tip, 0, 0, 0,
6256 doc: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
6257 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
6258 (void)
6260 ptrdiff_t count;
6261 Lisp_Object deleted, frame, timer;
6262 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6264 /* Return quickly if nothing to do. */
6265 if (NILP (tip_timer) && NILP (tip_frame))
6266 return Qnil;
6268 frame = tip_frame;
6269 timer = tip_timer;
6270 GCPRO2 (frame, timer);
6271 tip_frame = tip_timer = deleted = Qnil;
6273 count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6274 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6275 specbind (Qinhibit_quit, Qt);
6277 if (!NILP (timer))
6278 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6280 if (FRAMEP (frame))
6282 delete_frame (frame, Qnil);
6283 deleted = Qt;
6286 UNGCPRO;
6287 return unbind_to (count, deleted);
6290 /***********************************************************************
6291 File selection dialog
6292 ***********************************************************************/
6294 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
6295 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
6296 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
6298 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
6299 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
6300 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
6301 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
6302 dialog does not support directories. */
6303 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
6304 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
6306 if (msg == WM_NOTIFY)
6308 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6309 OFNOTIFYW * notify = (OFNOTIFYW *)lParam;
6310 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6311 OFNOTIFYA * notify = (OFNOTIFYA *)lParam;
6312 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6313 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
6314 if (notify->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6315 || notify->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE)
6317 HWND dialog = GetParent (hwnd);
6318 HWND edit_control = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD);
6319 HWND list = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_LIST);
6321 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
6322 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
6323 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
6324 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
6325 if (edit_control == NULL)
6327 HWND tmp = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX);
6328 if (tmp)
6330 tmp = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6331 if (tmp)
6332 edit_control = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6336 /* Directories is in index 2. */
6337 if (notify->lpOFN->nFilterIndex == 2)
6339 CommDlg_OpenSave_SetControlText (dialog, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6340 GUISTR ("Current Directory"));
6341 EnableWindow (edit_control, FALSE);
6342 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
6343 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
6344 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
6345 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
6346 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
6347 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
6348 if (notify->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE)
6349 SetFocus (list);
6351 else
6353 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
6354 if (notify->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE)
6355 CommDlg_OpenSave_SetControlText (dialog,
6356 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6357 GUISTR (""));
6358 EnableWindow (edit_control, TRUE);
6362 return 0;
6365 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog, Sx_file_dialog, 2, 5, 0,
6366 doc: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
6367 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
6368 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
6369 or directory must exist.
6371 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
6372 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
6373 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories. */)
6374 (Lisp_Object prompt, Lisp_Object dir, Lisp_Object default_filename, Lisp_Object mustmatch, Lisp_Object only_dir_p)
6376 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
6377 static const guichar_t filter[] =
6378 GUISTR ("All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0");
6380 Lisp_Object filename = default_filename;
6381 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6382 BOOL file_opened = FALSE;
6383 Lisp_Object orig_dir = dir;
6384 Lisp_Object orig_prompt = prompt;
6386 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
6387 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
6388 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
6389 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
6390 struct {
6391 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6392 OPENFILENAMEW details;
6393 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6394 OPENFILENAMEA details;
6395 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6397 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6398 PVOID pvReserved;
6399 DWORD dwReserved;
6400 DWORD FlagsEx;
6401 #endif /* < win2k */
6402 } new_file_details;
6404 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6405 wchar_t filename_buf[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
6406 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details = &new_file_details.details;
6407 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
6408 char filename_buf[MAX_PATH + 1];
6409 OPENFILENAMEA * file_details = &new_file_details.details;
6410 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6412 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4, gcpro5, gcpro6;
6413 GCPRO6 (prompt, dir, default_filename, mustmatch, only_dir_p, filename);
6416 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6417 GCPRO2 (orig_dir, orig_prompt); /* There is no GCPRON, N>6. */
6419 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
6420 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
6421 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
6422 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
6424 CHECK_STRING (prompt);
6425 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6427 dir = Fexpand_file_name (dir, Qnil);
6429 if (STRINGP (filename))
6430 filename = Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename);
6431 else
6432 filename = empty_unibyte_string;
6434 #ifdef CYGWIN
6435 dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir, Qt);
6436 if (SCHARS (filename) > 0)
6437 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename, Qnil);
6438 #endif
6440 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6441 CHECK_STRING (filename);
6443 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
6444 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
6445 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
6446 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
6447 if (SCHARS (filename) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p))
6448 filename = build_string ("Current Directory");
6450 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
6451 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6452 to_unicode (prompt, &prompt);
6453 to_unicode (dir, &dir);
6454 to_unicode (filename, &filename);
6455 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6456 prompt = ENCODE_FILE (prompt);
6457 dir = ENCODE_FILE (dir);
6458 filename = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6460 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
6461 dir = Fcopy_sequence (dir);
6462 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (dir));
6463 filename = Fcopy_sequence (filename);
6464 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (filename));
6465 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6467 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
6468 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
6469 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
6470 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
6471 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
6472 version. */
6473 memset (&new_file_details, 0, sizeof (new_file_details));
6475 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6476 file_details->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details);
6477 else
6478 file_details->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details);
6480 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
6481 if (SBYTES (filename) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf))
6482 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6484 memcpy (filename_buf, SDATA (filename), SBYTES (filename) + 1);
6485 file_details->lpstrFile = filename_buf;
6486 file_details->nMaxFile = sizeof (filename_buf) / sizeof (*filename_buf);
6488 file_details->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6489 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
6490 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
6491 file_details->lpstrFilter = filter;
6492 file_details->lpstrInitialDir = (guichar_t*) SDATA (dir);
6493 file_details->lpstrTitle = (guichar_t*) SDATA (prompt);
6494 file_details->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6495 file_details->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6496 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6498 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6500 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6501 file_details->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6502 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6503 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6504 file_details->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6508 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6509 /* Prevent redisplay. */
6510 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6511 block_input ();
6512 file_details->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6514 file_opened = GUI_FN (GetOpenFileName) (file_details);
6515 unblock_input ();
6516 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6519 if (file_opened)
6521 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
6522 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6523 filename = from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf);
6524 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6525 dostounix_filename (filename_buf, 0);
6526 filename = DECODE_FILE (build_string (filename_buf));
6527 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6529 #ifdef CYGWIN
6530 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename, Qt);
6531 #endif /* CYGWIN */
6533 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
6534 added it to select a directory. */
6535 if (file_details->nFilterIndex == 2)
6537 filename = Ffile_name_directory (filename);
6540 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
6541 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
6542 filename = Qnil;
6543 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
6544 else
6545 filename = Fcompleting_read (
6546 orig_prompt,
6547 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
6548 orig_dir,
6549 mustmatch,
6550 orig_dir,
6551 Qfile_name_history,
6552 default_filename,
6553 Qnil);
6555 UNGCPRO;
6558 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
6559 if (NILP (filename))
6560 Fsignal (Qquit, Qnil);
6562 RETURN_UNGCPRO (filename);
6566 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
6567 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
6568 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
6569 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash,
6570 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash, 1, 1, 0,
6571 doc: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
6572 (Lisp_Object filename)
6574 Lisp_Object handler;
6575 Lisp_Object encoded_file;
6576 Lisp_Object operation;
6578 operation = Qdelete_file;
6579 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename))
6580 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename)))
6582 operation = intern ("delete-directory");
6583 filename = Fdirectory_file_name (filename);
6585 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
6587 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (filename, operation);
6588 if (!NILP (handler))
6589 return call2 (handler, operation, filename);
6591 encoded_file = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6594 const char * path;
6595 SHFILEOPSTRUCT file_op;
6596 char tmp_path[MAX_PATH + 1];
6598 path = map_w32_filename (SDATA (encoded_file), NULL);
6600 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
6601 _chmod (path, 0666);
6603 memset (tmp_path, 0, sizeof (tmp_path));
6604 strcpy (tmp_path, path);
6606 memset (&file_op, 0, sizeof (file_op));
6607 file_op.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6608 file_op.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6609 file_op.pFrom = tmp_path;
6610 file_op.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6611 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6612 file_op.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6614 if (SHFileOperation (&file_op) != 0)
6615 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename));
6617 return Qnil;
6620 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
6623 /***********************************************************************
6624 w32 specialized functions
6625 ***********************************************************************/
6627 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command,
6628 Sw32_send_sys_command, 1, 2, 0,
6629 doc: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
6630 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
6631 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
6632 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
6633 screen saver if defined.
6635 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
6636 (Lisp_Object command, Lisp_Object frame)
6638 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
6640 CHECK_NUMBER (command);
6642 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, XINT (command), 0);
6644 return Qnil;
6647 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute, Sw32_shell_execute, 2, 4, 0,
6648 doc: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
6649 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
6650 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
6652 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
6653 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
6654 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
6655 operations:
6657 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
6658 executable program. If it is an application, that
6659 application is launched in the current buffer's default
6660 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
6661 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
6662 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file
6663 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT
6664 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
6665 editor is launched depends on the association for the
6666 specified DOCUMENT
6667 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT which must specify
6668 a directory
6669 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
6670 not defined or unavailable
6672 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
6673 also be a program executable to run, or a directory to open in the
6674 Windows Explorer.
6676 If DOCUMENT is a program executable, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
6677 can be a string containing command line parameters that will be passed
6678 to the program; otherwise, PARAMETERS should be nil or unspecified.
6680 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
6681 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
6682 or unspecified, the application is displayed normally, otherwise it is
6683 an integer representing a ShowWindow flag:
6685 0 - start hidden
6686 1 - start normally
6687 3 - start maximized
6688 6 - start minimized */)
6689 (Lisp_Object operation, Lisp_Object document, Lisp_Object parameters, Lisp_Object show_flag)
6691 Lisp_Object current_dir;
6692 char *errstr;
6694 CHECK_STRING (document);
6696 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
6697 current_dir = BVAR (current_buffer, directory);
6699 #ifdef CYGWIN
6700 current_dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir, Qt);
6701 if (STRINGP (document))
6702 document = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document, Qt);
6703 #endif /* CYGWIN */
6705 current_dir = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6706 if (STRINGP (document))
6707 document = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document);
6708 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6709 parameters = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6711 if ((int) GUI_FN (ShellExecute) (NULL,
6712 (STRINGP (operation) ?
6713 GUI_SDATA (operation) : NULL),
6714 GUI_SDATA (document),
6715 (STRINGP (parameters) ?
6716 GUI_SDATA (parameters) : NULL),
6717 GUI_SDATA (current_dir),
6718 (INTEGERP (show_flag) ?
6719 XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT))
6720 > 32)
6721 return Qt;
6722 errstr = w32_strerror (0);
6723 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
6724 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system))
6726 Lisp_Object decoded =
6727 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr),
6728 Vlocale_coding_system, 0);
6729 errstr = SSDATA (decoded);
6731 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr);
6734 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
6735 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
6736 lispy_function_keys. */
6737 static int
6738 lookup_vk_code (char *key)
6740 int i;
6742 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
6743 if (lispy_function_keys[i]
6744 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys[i], key) == 0)
6745 return i;
6747 return -1;
6750 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
6751 definition. */
6752 static Lisp_Object
6753 w32_parse_hot_key (Lisp_Object key)
6755 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
6756 register Lisp_Object c;
6757 int vk_code;
6758 int lisp_modifiers;
6759 int w32_modifiers;
6760 struct gcpro gcpro1;
6762 CHECK_VECTOR (key);
6764 if (ASIZE (key) != 1)
6765 return Qnil;
6767 GCPRO1 (key);
6769 c = AREF (key, 0);
6771 if (CONSP (c) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c))
6772 c = Fevent_convert_list (c);
6774 UNGCPRO;
6776 if (! INTEGERP (c) && ! SYMBOLP (c))
6777 error ("Key definition is invalid");
6779 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
6780 if (SYMBOLP (c))
6782 c = parse_modifiers (c);
6783 lisp_modifiers = XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c)));
6784 c = Fcar (c);
6785 if (!SYMBOLP (c))
6786 emacs_abort ();
6787 vk_code = lookup_vk_code (SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c)));
6789 else if (INTEGERP (c))
6791 lisp_modifiers = XINT (c) & ~CHARACTERBITS;
6792 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
6793 vk_code = XINT (c) & CHARACTERBITS;
6796 if (vk_code < 0 || vk_code > 255)
6797 return Qnil;
6799 if ((lisp_modifiers & meta_modifier) != 0
6800 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta))
6801 lisp_modifiers |= alt_modifier;
6803 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
6804 #ifndef MOD_ALT
6805 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
6806 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
6807 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
6808 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
6809 #endif
6811 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
6812 w32_modifiers = (lisp_modifiers & hyper_modifier) ? MOD_WIN : 0;
6813 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & alt_modifier) ? MOD_ALT : 0;
6814 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & ctrl_modifier) ? MOD_CONTROL : 0;
6815 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & shift_modifier) ? MOD_SHIFT : 0;
6817 return HOTKEY (vk_code, w32_modifiers);
6820 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key,
6821 Sw32_register_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
6822 doc: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
6823 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
6824 Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system. However,
6825 most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
6826 hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.
6828 KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
6829 acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab). The meta
6830 modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
6831 is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.
6833 The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil. */)
6834 (Lisp_Object key)
6836 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
6838 if (!NILP (key) && NILP (Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys)))
6840 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
6841 Lisp_Object item = Fmemq (Qnil, w32_grabbed_keys);
6843 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
6844 if (NILP (item))
6845 w32_grabbed_keys = Fcons (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
6846 else
6847 XSETCAR (item, key);
6849 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
6850 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
6851 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY,
6852 (WPARAM) XLI (key), 0);
6855 return key;
6858 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key,
6859 Sw32_unregister_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
6860 doc: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
6861 (Lisp_Object key)
6863 Lisp_Object item;
6865 if (!INTEGERP (key))
6866 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
6868 item = Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
6870 if (!NILP (item))
6872 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
6873 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
6874 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY,
6875 (WPARAM) XINT (XCAR (item)), (LPARAM) XLI (item)))
6877 MSG msg;
6878 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
6880 return Qt;
6882 return Qnil;
6885 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys,
6886 Sw32_registered_hot_keys, 0, 0, 0,
6887 doc: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
6888 (void)
6890 return Fdelq (Qnil, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys));
6893 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key,
6894 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
6895 doc: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
6896 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
6897 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid)
6899 int vk_code, w32_modifiers;
6900 Lisp_Object key;
6902 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid);
6904 vk_code = HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid);
6905 w32_modifiers = HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid);
6907 if (vk_code < 256 && lispy_function_keys[vk_code])
6908 key = intern (lispy_function_keys[vk_code]);
6909 else
6910 key = make_number (vk_code);
6912 key = Fcons (key, Qnil);
6913 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT)
6914 key = Fcons (Qshift, key);
6915 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL)
6916 key = Fcons (Qctrl, key);
6917 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_ALT)
6918 key = Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta) ? Qalt : Qmeta, key);
6919 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_WIN)
6920 key = Fcons (Qhyper, key);
6922 return key;
6925 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key,
6926 Sw32_toggle_lock_key, 1, 2, 0,
6927 doc: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
6928 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
6929 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
6930 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on. */)
6931 (Lisp_Object key, Lisp_Object new_state)
6933 int vk_code;
6935 if (EQ (key, intern ("capslock")))
6936 vk_code = VK_CAPITAL;
6937 else if (EQ (key, intern ("kp-numlock")))
6938 vk_code = VK_NUMLOCK;
6939 else if (EQ (key, intern ("scroll")))
6940 vk_code = VK_SCROLL;
6941 else
6942 return Qnil;
6944 if (!dwWindowsThreadId)
6945 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code, new_state));
6947 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY,
6948 (WPARAM) vk_code, (LPARAM) XLI (new_state)))
6950 MSG msg;
6951 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
6952 return make_number (msg.wParam);
6954 return Qnil;
6957 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p, Sw32_window_exists_p,
6958 2, 2, 0,
6959 doc: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
6961 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
6962 (Lisp_Object class, Lisp_Object name)
6964 HWND hnd;
6966 if (!NILP (class))
6967 CHECK_STRING (class);
6968 if (!NILP (name))
6969 CHECK_STRING (name);
6971 hnd = FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (class)) : NULL,
6972 STRINGP (name) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (name)) : NULL);
6973 if (!hnd)
6974 return Qnil;
6975 return Qt;
6978 DEFUN ("w32-frame-rect", Fw32_frame_rect, Sw32_frame_rect, 0, 2, 0,
6979 doc: /* Return boundary rectangle of FRAME in screen coordinates.
6980 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one.
6982 The boundary rectangle is a list of four elements, specifying the left,
6983 top, right and bottom screen coordinates of FRAME including menu and
6984 title bar and decorations. Optional argument CLIENT non-nil means to
6985 return the boundaries of the client rectangle which excludes menu and
6986 title bar and decorations. */)
6987 (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object client)
6989 struct frame *f = decode_live_frame (frame);
6990 RECT rect;
6992 if (!NILP (client))
6993 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
6994 else
6995 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
6997 return list4 (make_number (rect.left), make_number (rect.top),
6998 make_number (rect.right), make_number (rect.bottom));
7001 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status, Sw32_battery_status, 0, 0, 0,
7002 doc: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
7004 The following %-sequences are provided:
7005 %L AC line status (verbose)
7006 %B Battery status (verbose)
7007 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
7008 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
7009 %p Battery load percentage
7010 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
7011 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
7012 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
7013 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
7014 (void)
7016 Lisp_Object status = Qnil;
7018 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status;
7019 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status))
7021 Lisp_Object line_status, battery_status, battery_status_symbol;
7022 Lisp_Object load_percentage, seconds, minutes, hours, remain;
7024 long seconds_left = (long) system_status.BatteryLifeTime;
7026 if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 0)
7027 line_status = build_string ("off-line");
7028 else if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 1)
7029 line_status = build_string ("on-line");
7030 else
7031 line_status = build_string ("N/A");
7033 if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 128)
7035 battery_status = build_string ("N/A");
7036 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7038 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 8)
7040 battery_status = build_string ("charging");
7041 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("+");
7042 if (system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime != -1L)
7043 seconds_left = system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime - seconds_left;
7045 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 4)
7047 battery_status = build_string ("critical");
7048 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("!");
7050 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 2)
7052 battery_status = build_string ("low");
7053 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("-");
7055 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 1)
7057 battery_status = build_string ("high");
7058 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7060 else
7062 battery_status = build_string ("medium");
7063 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7066 if (system_status.BatteryLifePercent > 100)
7067 load_percentage = build_string ("N/A");
7068 else
7070 char buffer[16];
7071 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%d", system_status.BatteryLifePercent);
7072 load_percentage = build_string (buffer);
7075 if (seconds_left < 0)
7076 seconds = minutes = hours = remain = build_string ("N/A");
7077 else
7079 long m;
7080 float h;
7081 char buffer[16];
7082 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", seconds_left);
7083 seconds = build_string (buffer);
7085 m = seconds_left / 60;
7086 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", m);
7087 minutes = build_string (buffer);
7089 h = seconds_left / 3600.0;
7090 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%3.1f", h);
7091 hours = build_string (buffer);
7093 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m / 60, m % 60);
7094 remain = build_string (buffer);
7097 status = listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP, 8,
7098 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status),
7099 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status),
7100 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol),
7101 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage),
7102 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds),
7103 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes),
7104 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours),
7105 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain));
7107 return status;
7111 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7112 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info, Sfile_system_info, 1, 1, 0,
7113 doc: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
7114 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
7115 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
7116 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
7117 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
7118 (Lisp_Object filename)
7120 Lisp_Object encoded, value;
7122 CHECK_STRING (filename);
7123 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
7124 encoded = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
7126 value = Qnil;
7128 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
7129 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
7130 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
7131 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
7132 added rather late on. */
7134 HMODULE hKernel = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
7135 BOOL (*pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx)
7136 (char *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7137 = (void *) GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceEx");
7139 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
7140 volume holding FILENAME. */
7141 char rootname[MAX_PATH];
7142 char *name = SDATA (encoded);
7144 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
7145 if (isalpha (name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
7147 rootname[0] = name[0];
7148 rootname[1] = name[1];
7149 rootname[2] = '\\';
7150 rootname[3] = 0;
7152 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[1]))
7154 char *str = rootname;
7155 int slashes = 4;
7158 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name) && --slashes == 0)
7159 break;
7160 *str++ = *name++;
7162 while ( *name );
7164 *str++ = '\\';
7165 *str = 0;
7168 if (pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx)
7170 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
7171 use signed ones instead. */
7172 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes;
7173 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes;
7174 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes;
7176 if (pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx (rootname,
7177 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7178 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7179 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes))
7180 value = list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes.QuadPart),
7181 make_float ((double) freebytes.QuadPart),
7182 make_float ((double) availbytes.QuadPart));
7184 else
7186 DWORD sectors_per_cluster;
7187 DWORD bytes_per_sector;
7188 DWORD free_clusters;
7189 DWORD total_clusters;
7191 if (GetDiskFreeSpace (rootname,
7192 &sectors_per_cluster,
7193 &bytes_per_sector,
7194 &free_clusters,
7195 &total_clusters))
7196 value = list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
7197 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7198 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7199 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7200 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7201 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector));
7205 return value;
7207 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7210 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name, Sdefault_printer_name,
7211 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
7212 (void)
7214 static char pname_buf[256];
7215 int err;
7216 HANDLE hPrn;
7217 PRINTER_INFO_2 *ppi2 = NULL;
7218 DWORD dwNeeded = 0, dwReturned = 0;
7220 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
7221 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
7222 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
7223 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf)) <= 0)
7224 return Qnil;
7225 /* printername precedes first "," character */
7226 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7227 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
7228 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf, &hPrn, NULL))
7229 return Qnil;
7230 GetPrinter (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7231 if (dwNeeded == 0)
7233 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7234 return Qnil;
7236 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct */
7237 ppi2 = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7238 if (!ppi2)
7240 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7241 return Qnil;
7243 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
7244 err = GetPrinter (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7245 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7246 if (!err)
7248 xfree (ppi2);
7249 return Qnil;
7252 if (ppi2)
7254 if (ppi2->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED && ppi2->pServerName)
7256 /* a remote printer */
7257 if (*ppi2->pServerName == '\\')
7258 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "%s\\%s", ppi2->pServerName,
7259 ppi2->pShareName);
7260 else
7261 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "\\\\%s\\%s", ppi2->pServerName,
7262 ppi2->pShareName);
7263 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7265 else
7267 /* a local printer */
7268 strncpy (pname_buf, ppi2->pPortName, sizeof (pname_buf));
7269 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7270 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
7271 * we only use the first one. */
7272 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7274 xfree (ppi2);
7277 return build_string (pname_buf);
7281 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
7282 char *
7283 w32_strerror (int error_no)
7285 static char buf[500];
7286 DWORD ret;
7288 if (error_no == 0)
7289 error_no = GetLastError ();
7291 ret = FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
7292 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
7293 NULL,
7294 error_no,
7295 0, /* choose most suitable language */
7296 buf, sizeof (buf), NULL);
7298 while (ret > 0 && (buf[ret - 1] == '\n' ||
7299 buf[ret - 1] == '\r' ))
7300 --ret;
7301 buf[ret] = '\0';
7302 if (!ret)
7303 sprintf (buf, "w32 error %u", error_no);
7305 return buf;
7308 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
7309 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
7310 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
7311 DWORD
7312 w32_last_error (void)
7314 return GetLastError ();
7317 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
7318 void
7319 cache_system_info (void)
7321 union
7323 struct info
7325 char major;
7326 char minor;
7327 short platform;
7328 } info;
7329 DWORD data;
7330 } version;
7332 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
7333 hinst = GetModuleHandle (NULL);
7335 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
7336 version.data = GetVersion ();
7337 w32_major_version = version.info.major;
7338 w32_minor_version = version.info.minor;
7340 if (version.info.platform & 0x8000)
7341 os_subtype = OS_9X;
7342 else
7343 os_subtype = OS_NT;
7345 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
7346 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache);
7347 syspage_mask = (DWORD_PTR)sysinfo_cache.dwPageSize - 1;
7349 /* Cache os info. */
7350 osinfo_cache.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
7351 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache);
7353 w32_build_number = osinfo_cache.dwBuildNumber;
7354 if (os_subtype == OS_9X)
7355 w32_build_number &= 0xffff;
7357 w32_num_mouse_buttons = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS);
7360 #ifdef EMACSDEBUG
7361 void
7362 _DebPrint (const char *fmt, ...)
7364 char buf[1024];
7365 va_list args;
7367 va_start (args, fmt);
7368 vsprintf (buf, fmt, args);
7369 va_end (args);
7370 #if CYGWIN
7371 fprintf (stderr, "%s", buf);
7372 #endif
7373 OutputDebugString (buf);
7375 #endif
7378 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code, Lisp_Object new_state)
7380 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
7382 if (NILP (new_state)
7383 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
7384 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
7386 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7387 faked_key = vk_code;
7388 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7390 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7391 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7392 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7393 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7394 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7395 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
7396 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7397 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7398 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7399 cur_state = !cur_state;
7402 return cur_state;
7405 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
7406 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
7408 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods, WORD key)
7410 int retval = 0;
7412 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
7413 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
7414 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7415 && (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7416 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7417 mods &= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED);
7419 if (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED))
7420 retval = ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier);
7422 if (mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7424 retval |= ctrl_modifier;
7425 if ((mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7426 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7427 retval |= meta_modifier;
7430 if (mods & LEFT_WIN_PRESSED)
7431 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN);
7432 if (mods & RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED)
7433 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN);
7434 if (mods & APPS_PRESSED)
7435 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS);
7436 if (mods & SCROLLLOCK_ON)
7437 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL);
7439 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
7440 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
7441 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock)
7442 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
7443 && ( (key == VK_BACK)
7444 || (key == VK_TAB)
7445 || (key == VK_CLEAR)
7446 || (key == VK_RETURN)
7447 || (key == VK_ESCAPE)
7448 || ((key >= VK_SPACE) && (key <= VK_HELP))
7449 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD0) && (key <= VK_F24))
7450 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR) && (key <= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE))
7453 /* Only consider shift state. */
7454 if ((mods & SHIFT_PRESSED) != 0)
7455 retval |= shift_modifier;
7457 else
7459 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
7460 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
7461 mods &= ~CAPSLOCK_ON;
7462 if ((mods & (SHIFT_PRESSED | CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
7463 retval |= shift_modifier;
7466 return retval;
7469 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
7470 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
7471 input codepage. */
7473 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *event, int cpId)
7475 unsigned int key_code = event->wVirtualKeyCode;
7476 unsigned int mods = event->dwControlKeyState;
7477 BYTE keystate[256];
7478 static BYTE ansi_code[4];
7479 static int isdead = 0;
7481 if (isdead == 2)
7483 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[2];
7484 isdead = 0;
7485 return 1;
7487 if (event->uChar.AsciiChar != 0)
7488 return 1;
7490 memset (keystate, 0, sizeof (keystate));
7491 keystate[key_code] = 0x80;
7492 if (mods & SHIFT_PRESSED)
7493 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
7494 if (mods & CAPSLOCK_ON)
7495 keystate[VK_CAPITAL] = 1;
7496 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
7497 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
7498 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7499 && (mods & LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED) && (mods & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
7501 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
7502 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = 0x80;
7503 keystate[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
7504 keystate[VK_RMENU] = 0x80;
7507 #if 0
7508 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
7509 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
7510 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
7511 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
7512 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
7513 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
7514 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
7515 if (is_dead_key (event->wVirtualKeyCode))
7516 return 0;
7517 #endif
7519 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
7520 console input codepage. */
7521 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
7523 WCHAR buf[128];
7525 isdead = ToUnicode (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7526 keystate, buf, 128, 0);
7527 if (isdead > 0)
7529 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
7530 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
7531 number, to use below. */
7532 if (cpId == -1)
7533 cpId = GetConsoleCP ();
7535 event->uChar.UnicodeChar = buf[isdead - 1];
7536 isdead = WideCharToMultiByte (cpId, 0, buf, isdead,
7537 ansi_code, 4, NULL, NULL);
7539 else
7540 isdead = 0;
7542 else
7544 isdead = ToAscii (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7545 keystate, (LPWORD) ansi_code, 0);
7548 if (isdead == 0)
7549 return 0;
7550 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[0];
7551 return isdead;
7555 void
7556 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame *f)
7558 if (sound_type == 0xFFFFFFFF)
7560 Beep (666, 100);
7562 else if (sound_type == MB_EMACS_SILENT)
7564 /* Do nothing. */
7566 else
7567 MessageBeep (sound_type);
7571 /***********************************************************************
7572 Initialization
7573 ***********************************************************************/
7575 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
7576 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
7578 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers[] =
7580 x_set_autoraise,
7581 x_set_autolower,
7582 x_set_background_color,
7583 x_set_border_color,
7584 x_set_border_width,
7585 x_set_cursor_color,
7586 x_set_cursor_type,
7587 x_set_font,
7588 x_set_foreground_color,
7589 x_set_icon_name,
7590 x_set_icon_type,
7591 x_set_internal_border_width,
7592 x_set_right_divider_width,
7593 x_set_bottom_divider_width,
7594 x_set_menu_bar_lines,
7595 x_set_mouse_color,
7596 x_explicitly_set_name,
7597 x_set_scroll_bar_width,
7598 x_set_title,
7599 x_set_unsplittable,
7600 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars,
7601 x_set_visibility,
7602 x_set_tool_bar_lines,
7603 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
7604 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
7605 x_set_screen_gamma,
7606 x_set_line_spacing,
7607 x_set_fringe_width,
7608 x_set_fringe_width,
7609 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
7610 x_set_fullscreen,
7611 x_set_font_backend,
7612 x_set_alpha,
7613 0, /* x_set_sticky */
7614 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
7617 void
7618 syms_of_w32fns (void)
7620 globals_of_w32fns ();
7621 track_mouse_window = NULL;
7623 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
7625 DEFSYM (Qsuppress_icon, "suppress-icon");
7626 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color, "undefined-color");
7627 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer, "cancel-timer");
7628 DEFSYM (Qhyper, "hyper");
7629 DEFSYM (Qsuper, "super");
7630 DEFSYM (Qmeta, "meta");
7631 DEFSYM (Qalt, "alt");
7632 DEFSYM (Qctrl, "ctrl");
7633 DEFSYM (Qcontrol, "control");
7634 DEFSYM (Qshift, "shift");
7635 DEFSYM (Qfont_param, "font-parameter");
7636 DEFSYM (Qgeometry, "geometry");
7637 DEFSYM (Qworkarea, "workarea");
7638 DEFSYM (Qmm_size, "mm-size");
7639 DEFSYM (Qframes, "frames");
7640 /* This is the end of symbol initialization. */
7643 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_conditions,
7644 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE, 2, Qundefined_color, Qerror));
7645 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_message,
7646 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
7648 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys);
7649 w32_grabbed_keys = Qnil;
7651 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map,
7652 doc: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
7653 Vw32_color_map = Qnil;
7655 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system,
7656 doc: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
7657 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
7658 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
7659 then silently swallows them. */);
7660 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system = Qnil;
7662 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta,
7663 doc: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
7664 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
7665 Vw32_alt_is_meta = Qt;
7667 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key,
7668 doc: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
7669 w32_quit_key = 0;
7671 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
7672 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system,
7673 doc: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
7675 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
7676 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
7677 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
7679 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other keys are
7680 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
7681 effect. For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
7682 <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
7683 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
7684 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system = Qt;
7686 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
7687 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system,
7688 doc: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
7690 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
7691 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
7692 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
7694 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other keys are
7695 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
7696 effect. For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
7697 <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
7698 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
7699 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system = Qt;
7701 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
7702 Vw32_phantom_key_code,
7703 doc: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
7704 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
7706 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
7707 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
7708 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil. */);
7709 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
7710 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
7711 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code, 255);
7713 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
7714 Vw32_enable_num_lock,
7715 doc: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
7716 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
7717 Vw32_enable_num_lock = Qt;
7719 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
7720 Vw32_enable_caps_lock,
7721 doc: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
7722 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
7723 Vw32_enable_caps_lock = Qt;
7725 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
7726 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier,
7727 doc: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
7728 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
7729 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
7730 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
7731 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier = Qnil;
7733 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
7734 Vw32_lwindow_modifier,
7735 doc: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
7736 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
7737 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
7738 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
7739 Vw32_lwindow_modifier = Qnil;
7741 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
7742 Vw32_rwindow_modifier,
7743 doc: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
7744 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
7745 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
7746 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
7747 Vw32_rwindow_modifier = Qnil;
7749 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
7750 Vw32_apps_modifier,
7751 doc: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
7752 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
7753 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
7754 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
7755 Vw32_apps_modifier = Qnil;
7757 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts,
7758 doc: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
7759 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts = 0;
7761 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette,
7762 doc: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
7763 Vw32_enable_palette = Qt;
7765 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
7766 w32_mouse_button_tolerance,
7767 doc: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
7768 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
7769 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
7770 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
7771 button down event is generated instead. */);
7772 w32_mouse_button_tolerance = GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
7774 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
7775 w32_mouse_move_interval,
7776 doc: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
7777 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
7778 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
7779 reported as lisp events. */);
7780 w32_mouse_move_interval = 0;
7782 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
7783 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system,
7784 doc: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
7785 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
7786 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
7787 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
7788 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
7789 system to handle them. */);
7790 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system = 0;
7792 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
7793 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system,
7794 doc: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
7795 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
7796 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
7797 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
7798 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
7799 may be available are:
7801 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
7802 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
7803 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
7804 app-1, app-2,
7805 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
7806 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
7807 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
7808 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
7809 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
7810 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
7811 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
7812 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
7813 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system = 1;
7815 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
7816 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape,
7817 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
7818 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
7819 unless you set the mouse color. */);
7820 Vx_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7822 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7824 Vx_mode_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7826 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape,
7827 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
7828 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
7829 or when you set the mouse color. */);
7830 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7832 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
7833 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape,
7834 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
7835 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
7836 or when you set the mouse color. */);
7837 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7839 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
7840 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape,
7841 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
7842 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
7843 or when you set the mouse color. */);
7844 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape = Qnil;
7846 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-vertical-drag-cursor",
7847 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape,
7848 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged vertically.
7849 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
7850 or when you set the mouse color. */);
7851 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape = Qnil;
7852 #endif
7854 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
7855 doc: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
7856 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel = Qnil;
7858 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size,
7859 doc: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
7860 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
7861 Vx_max_tooltip_size = Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
7863 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager,
7864 doc: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
7865 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
7866 unless you set it to something else. */);
7867 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
7868 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
7869 Vx_no_window_manager = Qnil;
7871 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
7872 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp,
7873 doc: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
7875 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
7876 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
7877 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
7878 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
7879 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp = Qnil;
7881 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
7882 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist,
7883 doc: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
7884 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist = Qnil;
7886 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
7887 w32_strict_fontnames,
7888 doc: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
7889 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
7890 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
7891 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
7892 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
7893 fontsets are automatically created. */);
7894 w32_strict_fontnames = 0;
7896 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
7897 w32_strict_painting,
7898 doc: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
7899 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
7900 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
7901 w32_strict_painting = 1;
7903 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
7904 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property);
7905 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property);
7906 defsubr (&Sx_window_property);
7907 #endif
7908 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p);
7909 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p);
7910 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p);
7911 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values);
7912 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size);
7913 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor);
7914 defsubr (&Sx_server_version);
7915 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width);
7916 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height);
7917 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width);
7918 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height);
7919 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens);
7920 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes);
7921 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells);
7922 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class);
7923 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store);
7924 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under);
7925 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame);
7926 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection);
7927 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection);
7928 defsubr (&Sx_display_list);
7929 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize);
7931 /* W32 specific functions */
7933 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color);
7934 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map);
7935 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list);
7936 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command);
7937 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute);
7938 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key);
7939 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key);
7940 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys);
7941 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key);
7942 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key);
7943 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p);
7944 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_rect);
7945 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status);
7947 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7948 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info);
7949 #endif
7951 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name);
7952 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep);
7954 hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
7956 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip);
7957 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip);
7958 tip_timer = Qnil;
7959 staticpro (&tip_timer);
7960 tip_frame = Qnil;
7961 staticpro (&tip_frame);
7963 last_show_tip_args = Qnil;
7964 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args);
7966 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog);
7967 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7968 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash);
7969 #endif
7974 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
7975 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
7976 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
7977 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
7978 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
7979 is non zero.
7981 void
7982 globals_of_w32fns (void)
7984 HMODULE user32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
7986 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
7987 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
7989 track_mouse_event_fn = (TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
7990 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "TrackMouseEvent");
7992 monitor_from_point_fn = (MonitorFromPoint_Proc)
7993 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromPoint");
7994 get_monitor_info_fn = (GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
7995 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "GetMonitorInfoA");
7996 monitor_from_window_fn = (MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
7997 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromWindow");
7998 enum_display_monitors_fn = (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
7999 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
8002 HMODULE imm32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
8003 get_composition_string_fn = (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
8004 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
8005 get_ime_context_fn = (ImmGetContext_Proc)
8006 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetContext");
8007 release_ime_context_fn = (ImmReleaseContext_Proc)
8008 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmReleaseContext");
8009 set_ime_composition_window_fn = (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc)
8010 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
8012 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
8013 w32_ansi_code_page,
8014 doc: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
8015 w32_ansi_code_page = GetACP ();
8017 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
8018 w32_unicode_gui = 1;
8019 else
8020 w32_unicode_gui = 0;
8022 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
8023 InitCommonControls ();
8025 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
8028 typedef USHORT (WINAPI * CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) (ULONG, ULONG, PVOID *,
8029 PULONG);
8031 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
8034 w32_backtrace (void **buffer, int limit)
8036 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace = NULL;
8037 HMODULE hm_kernel32 = NULL;
8039 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8041 hm_kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
8042 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace =
8043 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32,
8044 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
8046 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8047 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX, limit),
8048 buffer, NULL);
8049 return 0;
8052 void
8053 emacs_abort (void)
8055 int button;
8056 button = MessageBox (NULL,
8057 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
8058 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
8059 "Select:\n"
8060 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
8061 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
8062 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
8063 #if __GNUC__
8064 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
8065 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
8066 #endif
8067 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
8068 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_TASKMODAL
8069 | MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_YESNO);
8070 switch (button)
8072 case IDYES:
8073 DebugBreak ();
8074 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
8075 case IDNO:
8076 default:
8078 void *stack[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1];
8079 int i = w32_backtrace (stack, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1);
8081 if (i)
8083 #ifdef CYGWIN
8084 int stderr_fd = 2;
8085 #else
8086 HANDLE errout = GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE);
8087 int stderr_fd = -1;
8088 #endif
8089 int errfile_fd = -1;
8090 int j;
8092 #ifndef CYGWIN
8093 if (errout && errout != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
8094 stderr_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout, O_APPEND | O_BINARY);
8095 #endif
8096 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8097 write (stderr_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8098 #ifdef CYGWIN
8099 #define _open open
8100 #endif
8101 errfile_fd = _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_BINARY, S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
8102 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8104 lseek (errfile_fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
8105 write (errfile_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8108 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
8110 char buf[INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (void *)];
8112 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
8113 the address of the call, so decrease each address
8114 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
8115 sprintf (buf, "0x%p\r\n", (char *)stack[j] - sizeof(void *));
8116 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8117 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8118 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8119 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8121 if (i == BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX)
8123 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8124 write (stderr_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8125 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8126 write (errfile_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8128 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8129 close (errfile_fd);
8131 abort ();
8132 break;
8137 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
8139 Lisp_Object
8140 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str)
8142 Lisp_Object encoded;
8143 to_unicode (str, &encoded);
8144 return encoded;
8147 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */